1 /****************************************************************************
3 * GNAT COMPILER COMPONENTS *
7 * C Implementation File *
9 * Copyright (C) 1992-2013, Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
11 * GNAT is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under *
12 * terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Soft- *
13 * ware Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later ver- *
14 * sion. GNAT is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITH- *
15 * OUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY *
16 * or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License *
17 * for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General *
18 * Public License along with GCC; see the file COPYING3. If not see *
19 * <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. *
21 * GNAT was originally developed by the GNAT team at New York University. *
22 * Extensive contributions were provided by Ada Core Technologies Inc. *
24 ****************************************************************************/
28 #include "coretypes.h"
35 #include "tree-inline.h"
36 #include "diagnostic-core.h"
54 /* "stdcall" and "thiscall" conventions should be processed in a specific way
55 on 32-bit x86/Windows only. The macros below are helpers to avoid having
56 to check for a Windows specific attribute throughout this unit. */
58 #if TARGET_DLLIMPORT_DECL_ATTRIBUTES
60 #define Has_Stdcall_Convention(E) \
61 (!TARGET_64BIT && Convention (E) == Convention_Stdcall)
62 #define Has_Thiscall_Convention(E) \
63 (!TARGET_64BIT && is_cplusplus_method (E))
65 #define Has_Stdcall_Convention(E) (Convention (E) == Convention_Stdcall)
66 #define Has_Thiscall_Convention(E) (is_cplusplus_method (E))
69 #define Has_Stdcall_Convention(E) 0
70 #define Has_Thiscall_Convention(E) 0
73 /* Stack realignment is necessary for functions with foreign conventions when
74 the ABI doesn't mandate as much as what the compiler assumes - that is, up
75 to PREFERRED_STACK_BOUNDARY.
77 Such realignment can be requested with a dedicated function type attribute
78 on the targets that support it. We define FOREIGN_FORCE_REALIGN_STACK to
79 characterize the situations where the attribute should be set. We rely on
80 compiler configuration settings for 'main' to decide. */
82 #ifdef MAIN_STACK_BOUNDARY
83 #define FOREIGN_FORCE_REALIGN_STACK \
84 (MAIN_STACK_BOUNDARY < PREFERRED_STACK_BOUNDARY)
86 #define FOREIGN_FORCE_REALIGN_STACK 0
91 struct incomplete *next;
96 /* These variables are used to defer recursively expanding incomplete types
97 while we are processing an array, a record or a subprogram type. */
98 static int defer_incomplete_level = 0;
99 static struct incomplete *defer_incomplete_list;
101 /* This variable is used to delay expanding From_With_Type types until the
103 static struct incomplete *defer_limited_with;
105 typedef struct subst_pair_d {
111 typedef struct variant_desc_d {
112 /* The type of the variant. */
115 /* The associated field. */
118 /* The value of the qualifier. */
121 /* The type of the variant after transformation. */
126 /* A hash table used to cache the result of annotate_value. */
127 static GTY ((if_marked ("tree_int_map_marked_p"),
128 param_is (struct tree_int_map))) htab_t annotate_value_cache;
130 static bool allocatable_size_p (tree, bool);
131 static void prepend_one_attribute_to (struct attrib **,
132 enum attr_type, tree, tree, Node_Id);
133 static void prepend_attributes (Entity_Id, struct attrib **);
134 static tree elaborate_expression (Node_Id, Entity_Id, tree, bool, bool, bool);
135 static bool type_has_variable_size (tree);
136 static tree elaborate_expression_1 (tree, Entity_Id, tree, bool, bool);
137 static tree elaborate_expression_2 (tree, Entity_Id, tree, bool, bool,
139 static tree gnat_to_gnu_component_type (Entity_Id, bool, bool);
140 static tree gnat_to_gnu_param (Entity_Id, Mechanism_Type, Entity_Id, bool,
142 static tree gnat_to_gnu_field (Entity_Id, tree, int, bool, bool);
143 static bool same_discriminant_p (Entity_Id, Entity_Id);
144 static bool array_type_has_nonaliased_component (tree, Entity_Id);
145 static bool compile_time_known_address_p (Node_Id);
146 static bool cannot_be_superflat_p (Node_Id);
147 static bool constructor_address_p (tree);
148 static void components_to_record (tree, Node_Id, tree, int, bool, bool, bool,
149 bool, bool, bool, bool, bool, tree, tree *);
150 static Uint annotate_value (tree);
151 static void annotate_rep (Entity_Id, tree);
152 static tree build_position_list (tree, bool, tree, tree, unsigned int, tree);
153 static vec<subst_pair> build_subst_list (Entity_Id, Entity_Id, bool);
154 static vec<variant_desc> build_variant_list (tree,
157 static tree validate_size (Uint, tree, Entity_Id, enum tree_code, bool, bool);
158 static void set_rm_size (Uint, tree, Entity_Id);
159 static unsigned int validate_alignment (Uint, Entity_Id, unsigned int);
160 static void check_ok_for_atomic (tree, Entity_Id, bool);
161 static tree create_field_decl_from (tree, tree, tree, tree, tree,
163 static tree create_rep_part (tree, tree, tree);
164 static tree get_rep_part (tree);
165 static tree create_variant_part_from (tree, vec<variant_desc> , tree,
166 tree, vec<subst_pair> );
167 static void copy_and_substitute_in_size (tree, tree, vec<subst_pair> );
169 /* The relevant constituents of a subprogram binding to a GCC builtin. Used
170 to pass around calls performing profile compatibility checks. */
173 Entity_Id gnat_entity; /* The Ada subprogram entity. */
174 tree ada_fntype; /* The corresponding GCC type node. */
175 tree btin_fntype; /* The GCC builtin function type node. */
178 static bool intrin_profiles_compatible_p (intrin_binding_t *);
180 /* Given GNAT_ENTITY, a GNAT defining identifier node, which denotes some Ada
181 entity, return the equivalent GCC tree for that entity (a ..._DECL node)
182 and associate the ..._DECL node with the input GNAT defining identifier.
184 If GNAT_ENTITY is a variable or a constant declaration, GNU_EXPR gives its
185 initial value (in GCC tree form). This is optional for a variable. For
186 a renamed entity, GNU_EXPR gives the object being renamed.
188 DEFINITION is nonzero if this call is intended for a definition. This is
189 used for separate compilation where it is necessary to know whether an
190 external declaration or a definition must be created if the GCC equivalent
191 was not created previously. The value of 1 is normally used for a nonzero
192 DEFINITION, but a value of 2 is used in special circumstances, defined in
196 gnat_to_gnu_entity (Entity_Id gnat_entity, tree gnu_expr, int definition)
198 /* Contains the kind of the input GNAT node. */
199 const Entity_Kind kind = Ekind (gnat_entity);
200 /* True if this is a type. */
201 const bool is_type = IN (kind, Type_Kind);
202 /* True if debug info is requested for this entity. */
203 const bool debug_info_p = Needs_Debug_Info (gnat_entity);
204 /* True if this entity is to be considered as imported. */
205 const bool imported_p
206 = (Is_Imported (gnat_entity) && No (Address_Clause (gnat_entity)));
207 /* For a type, contains the equivalent GNAT node to be used in gigi. */
208 Entity_Id gnat_equiv_type = Empty;
209 /* Temporary used to walk the GNAT tree. */
211 /* Contains the GCC DECL node which is equivalent to the input GNAT node.
212 This node will be associated with the GNAT node by calling at the end
213 of the `switch' statement. */
214 tree gnu_decl = NULL_TREE;
215 /* Contains the GCC type to be used for the GCC node. */
216 tree gnu_type = NULL_TREE;
217 /* Contains the GCC size tree to be used for the GCC node. */
218 tree gnu_size = NULL_TREE;
219 /* Contains the GCC name to be used for the GCC node. */
220 tree gnu_entity_name;
221 /* True if we have already saved gnu_decl as a GNAT association. */
223 /* True if we incremented defer_incomplete_level. */
224 bool this_deferred = false;
225 /* True if we incremented force_global. */
226 bool this_global = false;
227 /* True if we should check to see if elaborated during processing. */
228 bool maybe_present = false;
229 /* True if we made GNU_DECL and its type here. */
230 bool this_made_decl = false;
231 /* Size and alignment of the GCC node, if meaningful. */
232 unsigned int esize = 0, align = 0;
233 /* Contains the list of attributes directly attached to the entity. */
234 struct attrib *attr_list = NULL;
236 /* Since a use of an Itype is a definition, process it as such if it
237 is not in a with'ed unit. */
240 && Is_Itype (gnat_entity)
241 && !present_gnu_tree (gnat_entity)
242 && In_Extended_Main_Code_Unit (gnat_entity))
244 /* Ensure that we are in a subprogram mentioned in the Scope chain of
245 this entity, our current scope is global, or we encountered a task
246 or entry (where we can't currently accurately check scoping). */
247 if (!current_function_decl
248 || DECL_ELABORATION_PROC_P (current_function_decl))
250 process_type (gnat_entity);
251 return get_gnu_tree (gnat_entity);
254 for (gnat_temp = Scope (gnat_entity);
256 gnat_temp = Scope (gnat_temp))
258 if (Is_Type (gnat_temp))
259 gnat_temp = Underlying_Type (gnat_temp);
261 if (Ekind (gnat_temp) == E_Subprogram_Body)
263 = Corresponding_Spec (Parent (Declaration_Node (gnat_temp)));
265 if (IN (Ekind (gnat_temp), Subprogram_Kind)
266 && Present (Protected_Body_Subprogram (gnat_temp)))
267 gnat_temp = Protected_Body_Subprogram (gnat_temp);
269 if (Ekind (gnat_temp) == E_Entry
270 || Ekind (gnat_temp) == E_Entry_Family
271 || Ekind (gnat_temp) == E_Task_Type
272 || (IN (Ekind (gnat_temp), Subprogram_Kind)
273 && present_gnu_tree (gnat_temp)
274 && (current_function_decl
275 == gnat_to_gnu_entity (gnat_temp, NULL_TREE, 0))))
277 process_type (gnat_entity);
278 return get_gnu_tree (gnat_entity);
282 /* This abort means the Itype has an incorrect scope, i.e. that its
283 scope does not correspond to the subprogram it is declared in. */
287 /* If we've already processed this entity, return what we got last time.
288 If we are defining the node, we should not have already processed it.
289 In that case, we will abort below when we try to save a new GCC tree
290 for this object. We also need to handle the case of getting a dummy
291 type when a Full_View exists. */
292 if ((!definition || (is_type && imported_p))
293 && present_gnu_tree (gnat_entity))
295 gnu_decl = get_gnu_tree (gnat_entity);
297 if (TREE_CODE (gnu_decl) == TYPE_DECL
298 && TYPE_IS_DUMMY_P (TREE_TYPE (gnu_decl))
299 && IN (kind, Incomplete_Or_Private_Kind)
300 && Present (Full_View (gnat_entity)))
303 = gnat_to_gnu_entity (Full_View (gnat_entity), NULL_TREE, 0);
304 save_gnu_tree (gnat_entity, NULL_TREE, false);
305 save_gnu_tree (gnat_entity, gnu_decl, false);
311 /* If this is a numeric or enumeral type, or an access type, a nonzero
312 Esize must be specified unless it was specified by the programmer. */
313 gcc_assert (!Unknown_Esize (gnat_entity)
314 || Has_Size_Clause (gnat_entity)
315 || (!IN (kind, Numeric_Kind)
316 && !IN (kind, Enumeration_Kind)
317 && (!IN (kind, Access_Kind)
318 || kind == E_Access_Protected_Subprogram_Type
319 || kind == E_Anonymous_Access_Protected_Subprogram_Type
320 || kind == E_Access_Subtype)));
322 /* The RM size must be specified for all discrete and fixed-point types. */
323 gcc_assert (!(IN (kind, Discrete_Or_Fixed_Point_Kind)
324 && Unknown_RM_Size (gnat_entity)));
326 /* If we get here, it means we have not yet done anything with this entity.
327 If we are not defining it, it must be a type or an entity that is defined
328 elsewhere or externally, otherwise we should have defined it already. */
329 gcc_assert (definition
330 || type_annotate_only
332 || kind == E_Discriminant
333 || kind == E_Component
335 || (kind == E_Constant && Present (Full_View (gnat_entity)))
336 || Is_Public (gnat_entity));
338 /* Get the name of the entity and set up the line number and filename of
339 the original definition for use in any decl we make. */
340 gnu_entity_name = get_entity_name (gnat_entity);
341 Sloc_to_locus (Sloc (gnat_entity), &input_location);
343 /* For cases when we are not defining (i.e., we are referencing from
344 another compilation unit) public entities, show we are at global level
345 for the purpose of computing scopes. Don't do this for components or
346 discriminants since the relevant test is whether or not the record is
349 && kind != E_Component
350 && kind != E_Discriminant
351 && Is_Public (gnat_entity)
352 && !Is_Statically_Allocated (gnat_entity))
353 force_global++, this_global = true;
355 /* Handle any attributes directly attached to the entity. */
356 if (Has_Gigi_Rep_Item (gnat_entity))
357 prepend_attributes (gnat_entity, &attr_list);
359 /* Do some common processing for types. */
362 /* Compute the equivalent type to be used in gigi. */
363 gnat_equiv_type = Gigi_Equivalent_Type (gnat_entity);
365 /* Machine_Attributes on types are expected to be propagated to
366 subtypes. The corresponding Gigi_Rep_Items are only attached
367 to the first subtype though, so we handle the propagation here. */
368 if (Base_Type (gnat_entity) != gnat_entity
369 && !Is_First_Subtype (gnat_entity)
370 && Has_Gigi_Rep_Item (First_Subtype (Base_Type (gnat_entity))))
371 prepend_attributes (First_Subtype (Base_Type (gnat_entity)),
374 /* Compute a default value for the size of an elementary type. */
375 if (Known_Esize (gnat_entity) && Is_Elementary_Type (gnat_entity))
377 unsigned int max_esize;
379 gcc_assert (UI_Is_In_Int_Range (Esize (gnat_entity)));
380 esize = UI_To_Int (Esize (gnat_entity));
382 if (IN (kind, Float_Kind))
383 max_esize = fp_prec_to_size (LONG_DOUBLE_TYPE_SIZE);
384 else if (IN (kind, Access_Kind))
385 max_esize = POINTER_SIZE * 2;
387 max_esize = LONG_LONG_TYPE_SIZE;
389 if (esize > max_esize)
397 /* If this is a use of a deferred constant without address clause,
398 get its full definition. */
400 && No (Address_Clause (gnat_entity))
401 && Present (Full_View (gnat_entity)))
404 = gnat_to_gnu_entity (Full_View (gnat_entity), gnu_expr, 0);
409 /* If we have an external constant that we are not defining, get the
410 expression that is was defined to represent. We may throw it away
411 later if it is not a constant. But do not retrieve the expression
412 if it is an allocator because the designated type might be dummy
415 && !No_Initialization (Declaration_Node (gnat_entity))
416 && Present (Expression (Declaration_Node (gnat_entity)))
417 && Nkind (Expression (Declaration_Node (gnat_entity)))
420 bool went_into_elab_proc = false;
421 int save_force_global = force_global;
423 /* The expression may contain N_Expression_With_Actions nodes and
424 thus object declarations from other units. In this case, even
425 though the expression will eventually be discarded since not a
426 constant, the declarations would be stuck either in the global
427 varpool or in the current scope. Therefore we force the local
428 context and create a fake scope that we'll zap at the end. */
429 if (!current_function_decl)
431 current_function_decl = get_elaboration_procedure ();
432 went_into_elab_proc = true;
437 gnu_expr = gnat_to_gnu (Expression (Declaration_Node (gnat_entity)));
440 force_global = save_force_global;
441 if (went_into_elab_proc)
442 current_function_decl = NULL_TREE;
445 /* Ignore deferred constant definitions without address clause since
446 they are processed fully in the front-end. If No_Initialization
447 is set, this is not a deferred constant but a constant whose value
448 is built manually. And constants that are renamings are handled
452 && No (Address_Clause (gnat_entity))
453 && !No_Initialization (Declaration_Node (gnat_entity))
454 && No (Renamed_Object (gnat_entity)))
456 gnu_decl = error_mark_node;
461 /* Ignore constant definitions already marked with the error node. See
462 the N_Object_Declaration case of gnat_to_gnu for the rationale. */
465 && present_gnu_tree (gnat_entity)
466 && get_gnu_tree (gnat_entity) == error_mark_node)
468 maybe_present = true;
475 /* We used to special case VMS exceptions here to directly map them to
476 their associated condition code. Since this code had to be masked
477 dynamically to strip off the severity bits, this caused trouble in
478 the GCC/ZCX case because the "type" pointers we store in the tables
479 have to be static. We now don't special case here anymore, and let
480 the regular processing take place, which leaves us with a regular
481 exception data object for VMS exceptions too. The condition code
482 mapping is taken care of by the front end and the bitmasking by the
489 /* The GNAT record where the component was defined. */
490 Entity_Id gnat_record = Underlying_Type (Scope (gnat_entity));
492 /* If the variable is an inherited record component (in the case of
493 extended record types), just return the inherited entity, which
494 must be a FIELD_DECL. Likewise for discriminants.
495 For discriminants of untagged records which have explicit
496 stored discriminants, return the entity for the corresponding
497 stored discriminant. Also use Original_Record_Component
498 if the record has a private extension. */
499 if (Present (Original_Record_Component (gnat_entity))
500 && Original_Record_Component (gnat_entity) != gnat_entity)
503 = gnat_to_gnu_entity (Original_Record_Component (gnat_entity),
504 gnu_expr, definition);
509 /* If the enclosing record has explicit stored discriminants,
510 then it is an untagged record. If the Corresponding_Discriminant
511 is not empty then this must be a renamed discriminant and its
512 Original_Record_Component must point to the corresponding explicit
513 stored discriminant (i.e. we should have taken the previous
515 else if (Present (Corresponding_Discriminant (gnat_entity))
516 && Is_Tagged_Type (gnat_record))
518 /* A tagged record has no explicit stored discriminants. */
519 gcc_assert (First_Discriminant (gnat_record)
520 == First_Stored_Discriminant (gnat_record));
522 = gnat_to_gnu_entity (Corresponding_Discriminant (gnat_entity),
523 gnu_expr, definition);
528 else if (Present (CR_Discriminant (gnat_entity))
529 && type_annotate_only)
531 gnu_decl = gnat_to_gnu_entity (CR_Discriminant (gnat_entity),
532 gnu_expr, definition);
537 /* If the enclosing record has explicit stored discriminants, then
538 it is an untagged record. If the Corresponding_Discriminant
539 is not empty then this must be a renamed discriminant and its
540 Original_Record_Component must point to the corresponding explicit
541 stored discriminant (i.e. we should have taken the first
543 else if (Present (Corresponding_Discriminant (gnat_entity))
544 && (First_Discriminant (gnat_record)
545 != First_Stored_Discriminant (gnat_record)))
548 /* Otherwise, if we are not defining this and we have no GCC type
549 for the containing record, make one for it. Then we should
550 have made our own equivalent. */
551 else if (!definition && !present_gnu_tree (gnat_record))
553 /* ??? If this is in a record whose scope is a protected
554 type and we have an Original_Record_Component, use it.
555 This is a workaround for major problems in protected type
557 Entity_Id Scop = Scope (Scope (gnat_entity));
558 if ((Is_Protected_Type (Scop)
559 || (Is_Private_Type (Scop)
560 && Present (Full_View (Scop))
561 && Is_Protected_Type (Full_View (Scop))))
562 && Present (Original_Record_Component (gnat_entity)))
565 = gnat_to_gnu_entity (Original_Record_Component
572 gnat_to_gnu_entity (Scope (gnat_entity), NULL_TREE, 0);
573 gnu_decl = get_gnu_tree (gnat_entity);
579 /* Here we have no GCC type and this is a reference rather than a
580 definition. This should never happen. Most likely the cause is
581 reference before declaration in the gnat tree for gnat_entity. */
585 case E_Loop_Parameter:
586 case E_Out_Parameter:
589 /* Simple variables, loop variables, Out parameters and exceptions. */
593 = ((kind == E_Constant || kind == E_Variable)
594 && Is_True_Constant (gnat_entity)
595 && !Treat_As_Volatile (gnat_entity)
596 && (((Nkind (Declaration_Node (gnat_entity))
597 == N_Object_Declaration)
598 && Present (Expression (Declaration_Node (gnat_entity))))
599 || Present (Renamed_Object (gnat_entity))
601 bool inner_const_flag = const_flag;
602 bool static_p = Is_Statically_Allocated (gnat_entity);
603 bool mutable_p = false;
604 bool used_by_ref = false;
605 tree gnu_ext_name = NULL_TREE;
606 tree renamed_obj = NULL_TREE;
607 tree gnu_object_size;
609 if (Present (Renamed_Object (gnat_entity)) && !definition)
611 if (kind == E_Exception)
612 gnu_expr = gnat_to_gnu_entity (Renamed_Entity (gnat_entity),
615 gnu_expr = gnat_to_gnu (Renamed_Object (gnat_entity));
618 /* Get the type after elaborating the renamed object. */
619 gnu_type = gnat_to_gnu_type (Etype (gnat_entity));
621 /* If this is a standard exception definition, then use the standard
622 exception type. This is necessary to make sure that imported and
623 exported views of exceptions are properly merged in LTO mode. */
624 if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (gnu_type)) == TYPE_DECL
625 && DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (gnu_type)) == exception_data_name_id)
626 gnu_type = except_type_node;
628 /* For a debug renaming declaration, build a debug-only entity. */
629 if (Present (Debug_Renaming_Link (gnat_entity)))
631 /* Force a non-null value to make sure the symbol is retained. */
632 tree value = build1 (INDIRECT_REF, gnu_type,
634 build_pointer_type (gnu_type),
635 integer_minus_one_node));
636 gnu_decl = build_decl (input_location,
637 VAR_DECL, gnu_entity_name, gnu_type);
638 SET_DECL_VALUE_EXPR (gnu_decl, value);
639 DECL_HAS_VALUE_EXPR_P (gnu_decl) = 1;
640 gnat_pushdecl (gnu_decl, gnat_entity);
644 /* If this is a loop variable, its type should be the base type.
645 This is because the code for processing a loop determines whether
646 a normal loop end test can be done by comparing the bounds of the
647 loop against those of the base type, which is presumed to be the
648 size used for computation. But this is not correct when the size
649 of the subtype is smaller than the type. */
650 if (kind == E_Loop_Parameter)
651 gnu_type = get_base_type (gnu_type);
653 /* Reject non-renamed objects whose type is an unconstrained array or
654 any object whose type is a dummy type or void. */
655 if ((TREE_CODE (gnu_type) == UNCONSTRAINED_ARRAY_TYPE
656 && No (Renamed_Object (gnat_entity)))
657 || TYPE_IS_DUMMY_P (gnu_type)
658 || TREE_CODE (gnu_type) == VOID_TYPE)
660 gcc_assert (type_annotate_only);
663 return error_mark_node;
666 /* If an alignment is specified, use it if valid. Note that exceptions
667 are objects but don't have an alignment. We must do this before we
668 validate the size, since the alignment can affect the size. */
669 if (kind != E_Exception && Known_Alignment (gnat_entity))
671 gcc_assert (Present (Alignment (gnat_entity)));
673 align = validate_alignment (Alignment (gnat_entity), gnat_entity,
674 TYPE_ALIGN (gnu_type));
676 /* No point in changing the type if there is an address clause
677 as the final type of the object will be a reference type. */
678 if (Present (Address_Clause (gnat_entity)))
682 tree orig_type = gnu_type;
685 = maybe_pad_type (gnu_type, NULL_TREE, align, gnat_entity,
686 false, false, definition, true);
688 /* If a padding record was made, declare it now since it will
689 never be declared otherwise. This is necessary to ensure
690 that its subtrees are properly marked. */
691 if (gnu_type != orig_type && !DECL_P (TYPE_NAME (gnu_type)))
692 create_type_decl (TYPE_NAME (gnu_type), gnu_type, NULL, true,
693 debug_info_p, gnat_entity);
697 /* If we are defining the object, see if it has a Size and validate it
698 if so. If we are not defining the object and a Size clause applies,
699 simply retrieve the value. We don't want to ignore the clause and
700 it is expected to have been validated already. Then get the new
703 gnu_size = validate_size (Esize (gnat_entity), gnu_type,
704 gnat_entity, VAR_DECL, false,
705 Has_Size_Clause (gnat_entity));
706 else if (Has_Size_Clause (gnat_entity))
707 gnu_size = UI_To_gnu (Esize (gnat_entity), bitsizetype);
712 = make_type_from_size (gnu_type, gnu_size,
713 Has_Biased_Representation (gnat_entity));
715 if (operand_equal_p (TYPE_SIZE (gnu_type), gnu_size, 0))
716 gnu_size = NULL_TREE;
719 /* If this object has self-referential size, it must be a record with
720 a default discriminant. We are supposed to allocate an object of
721 the maximum size in this case, unless it is a constant with an
722 initializing expression, in which case we can get the size from
723 that. Note that the resulting size may still be a variable, so
724 this may end up with an indirect allocation. */
725 if (No (Renamed_Object (gnat_entity))
726 && CONTAINS_PLACEHOLDER_P (TYPE_SIZE (gnu_type)))
728 if (gnu_expr && kind == E_Constant)
730 tree size = TYPE_SIZE (TREE_TYPE (gnu_expr));
731 if (CONTAINS_PLACEHOLDER_P (size))
733 /* If the initializing expression is itself a constant,
734 despite having a nominal type with self-referential
735 size, we can get the size directly from it. */
736 if (TREE_CODE (gnu_expr) == COMPONENT_REF
738 (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (gnu_expr, 0)))
739 && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (gnu_expr, 0)) == VAR_DECL
740 && (TREE_READONLY (TREE_OPERAND (gnu_expr, 0))
741 || DECL_READONLY_ONCE_ELAB
742 (TREE_OPERAND (gnu_expr, 0))))
743 gnu_size = DECL_SIZE (TREE_OPERAND (gnu_expr, 0));
746 = SUBSTITUTE_PLACEHOLDER_IN_EXPR (size, gnu_expr);
751 /* We may have no GNU_EXPR because No_Initialization is
752 set even though there's an Expression. */
753 else if (kind == E_Constant
754 && (Nkind (Declaration_Node (gnat_entity))
755 == N_Object_Declaration)
756 && Present (Expression (Declaration_Node (gnat_entity))))
758 = TYPE_SIZE (gnat_to_gnu_type
760 (Expression (Declaration_Node (gnat_entity)))));
763 gnu_size = max_size (TYPE_SIZE (gnu_type), true);
767 /* If we are at global level and the size isn't constant, call
768 elaborate_expression_1 to make a variable for it rather than
769 calculating it each time. */
770 if (global_bindings_p () && !TREE_CONSTANT (gnu_size))
771 gnu_size = elaborate_expression_1 (gnu_size, gnat_entity,
772 get_identifier ("SIZE"),
776 /* If the size is zero byte, make it one byte since some linkers have
777 troubles with zero-sized objects. If the object will have a
778 template, that will make it nonzero so don't bother. Also avoid
779 doing that for an object renaming or an object with an address
780 clause, as we would lose useful information on the view size
781 (e.g. for null array slices) and we are not allocating the object
784 && integer_zerop (gnu_size)
785 && !TREE_OVERFLOW (gnu_size))
786 || (TYPE_SIZE (gnu_type)
787 && integer_zerop (TYPE_SIZE (gnu_type))
788 && !TREE_OVERFLOW (TYPE_SIZE (gnu_type))))
789 && (!Is_Constr_Subt_For_UN_Aliased (Etype (gnat_entity))
790 || !Is_Array_Type (Etype (gnat_entity)))
791 && No (Renamed_Object (gnat_entity))
792 && No (Address_Clause (gnat_entity)))
793 gnu_size = bitsize_unit_node;
795 /* If this is an object with no specified size and alignment, and
796 if either it is atomic or we are not optimizing alignment for
797 space and it is composite and not an exception, an Out parameter
798 or a reference to another object, and the size of its type is a
799 constant, set the alignment to the smallest one which is not
800 smaller than the size, with an appropriate cap. */
801 if (!gnu_size && align == 0
802 && (Is_Atomic (gnat_entity)
803 || (!Optimize_Alignment_Space (gnat_entity)
804 && kind != E_Exception
805 && kind != E_Out_Parameter
806 && Is_Composite_Type (Etype (gnat_entity))
807 && !Is_Constr_Subt_For_UN_Aliased (Etype (gnat_entity))
808 && !Is_Exported (gnat_entity)
810 && No (Renamed_Object (gnat_entity))
811 && No (Address_Clause (gnat_entity))))
812 && TREE_CODE (TYPE_SIZE (gnu_type)) == INTEGER_CST)
814 unsigned int size_cap, align_cap;
816 /* No point in promoting the alignment if this doesn't prevent
817 BLKmode access to the object, in particular block copy, as
818 this will for example disable the NRV optimization for it.
819 No point in jumping through all the hoops needed in order
820 to support BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT if we don't really have to.
821 So we cap to the smallest alignment that corresponds to
822 a known efficient memory access pattern of the target. */
823 if (Is_Atomic (gnat_entity))
826 align_cap = BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT;
830 size_cap = MAX_FIXED_MODE_SIZE;
831 align_cap = get_mode_alignment (ptr_mode);
834 if (!host_integerp (TYPE_SIZE (gnu_type), 1)
835 || compare_tree_int (TYPE_SIZE (gnu_type), size_cap) > 0)
837 else if (compare_tree_int (TYPE_SIZE (gnu_type), align_cap) > 0)
840 align = ceil_pow2 (tree_low_cst (TYPE_SIZE (gnu_type), 1));
842 /* But make sure not to under-align the object. */
843 if (align <= TYPE_ALIGN (gnu_type))
846 /* And honor the minimum valid atomic alignment, if any. */
847 #ifdef MINIMUM_ATOMIC_ALIGNMENT
848 else if (align < MINIMUM_ATOMIC_ALIGNMENT)
849 align = MINIMUM_ATOMIC_ALIGNMENT;
853 /* If the object is set to have atomic components, find the component
854 type and validate it.
856 ??? Note that we ignore Has_Volatile_Components on objects; it's
857 not at all clear what to do in that case. */
858 if (Has_Atomic_Components (gnat_entity))
860 tree gnu_inner = (TREE_CODE (gnu_type) == ARRAY_TYPE
861 ? TREE_TYPE (gnu_type) : gnu_type);
863 while (TREE_CODE (gnu_inner) == ARRAY_TYPE
864 && TYPE_MULTI_ARRAY_P (gnu_inner))
865 gnu_inner = TREE_TYPE (gnu_inner);
867 check_ok_for_atomic (gnu_inner, gnat_entity, true);
870 /* Now check if the type of the object allows atomic access. Note
871 that we must test the type, even if this object has size and
872 alignment to allow such access, because we will be going inside
873 the padded record to assign to the object. We could fix this by
874 always copying via an intermediate value, but it's not clear it's
876 if (Is_Atomic (gnat_entity))
877 check_ok_for_atomic (gnu_type, gnat_entity, false);
879 /* If this is an aliased object with an unconstrained nominal subtype,
880 make a type that includes the template. */
881 if (Is_Constr_Subt_For_UN_Aliased (Etype (gnat_entity))
882 && Is_Array_Type (Etype (gnat_entity))
883 && !type_annotate_only)
886 = gnat_to_gnu_type (Base_Type (Etype (gnat_entity)));
888 = build_unc_object_type_from_ptr (TREE_TYPE (gnu_array),
890 concat_name (gnu_entity_name,
895 /* ??? If this is an object of CW type initialized to a value, try to
896 ensure that the object is sufficient aligned for this value, but
897 without pessimizing the allocation. This is a kludge necessary
898 because we don't support dynamic alignment. */
900 && Ekind (Etype (gnat_entity)) == E_Class_Wide_Subtype
901 && No (Renamed_Object (gnat_entity))
902 && No (Address_Clause (gnat_entity)))
903 align = get_target_system_allocator_alignment () * BITS_PER_UNIT;
905 #ifdef MINIMUM_ATOMIC_ALIGNMENT
906 /* If the size is a constant and no alignment is specified, force
907 the alignment to be the minimum valid atomic alignment. The
908 restriction on constant size avoids problems with variable-size
909 temporaries; if the size is variable, there's no issue with
910 atomic access. Also don't do this for a constant, since it isn't
911 necessary and can interfere with constant replacement. Finally,
912 do not do it for Out parameters since that creates an
913 size inconsistency with In parameters. */
915 && MINIMUM_ATOMIC_ALIGNMENT > TYPE_ALIGN (gnu_type)
916 && !FLOAT_TYPE_P (gnu_type)
917 && !const_flag && No (Renamed_Object (gnat_entity))
918 && !imported_p && No (Address_Clause (gnat_entity))
919 && kind != E_Out_Parameter
920 && (gnu_size ? TREE_CODE (gnu_size) == INTEGER_CST
921 : TREE_CODE (TYPE_SIZE (gnu_type)) == INTEGER_CST))
922 align = MINIMUM_ATOMIC_ALIGNMENT;
925 /* Make a new type with the desired size and alignment, if needed.
926 But do not take into account alignment promotions to compute the
927 size of the object. */
928 gnu_object_size = gnu_size ? gnu_size : TYPE_SIZE (gnu_type);
929 if (gnu_size || align > 0)
931 tree orig_type = gnu_type;
933 gnu_type = maybe_pad_type (gnu_type, gnu_size, align, gnat_entity,
934 false, false, definition, true);
936 /* If a padding record was made, declare it now since it will
937 never be declared otherwise. This is necessary to ensure
938 that its subtrees are properly marked. */
939 if (gnu_type != orig_type && !DECL_P (TYPE_NAME (gnu_type)))
940 create_type_decl (TYPE_NAME (gnu_type), gnu_type, NULL, true,
941 debug_info_p, gnat_entity);
944 /* If this is a renaming, avoid as much as possible to create a new
945 object. However, in several cases, creating it is required.
946 This processing needs to be applied to the raw expression so
947 as to make it more likely to rename the underlying object. */
948 if (Present (Renamed_Object (gnat_entity)))
950 bool create_normal_object = false;
952 /* If the renamed object had padding, strip off the reference
953 to the inner object and reset our type. */
954 if ((TREE_CODE (gnu_expr) == COMPONENT_REF
955 && TYPE_IS_PADDING_P (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (gnu_expr, 0))))
956 /* Strip useless conversions around the object. */
957 || gnat_useless_type_conversion (gnu_expr))
959 gnu_expr = TREE_OPERAND (gnu_expr, 0);
960 gnu_type = TREE_TYPE (gnu_expr);
963 /* Or else, if the renamed object has an unconstrained type with
964 default discriminant, use the padded type. */
965 else if (TYPE_IS_PADDING_P (TREE_TYPE (gnu_expr))
966 && TREE_TYPE (TYPE_FIELDS (TREE_TYPE (gnu_expr)))
968 && CONTAINS_PLACEHOLDER_P (TYPE_SIZE (gnu_type)))
969 gnu_type = TREE_TYPE (gnu_expr);
971 /* Case 1: If this is a constant renaming stemming from a function
972 call, treat it as a normal object whose initial value is what
973 is being renamed. RM 3.3 says that the result of evaluating a
974 function call is a constant object. As a consequence, it can
975 be the inner object of a constant renaming. In this case, the
976 renaming must be fully instantiated, i.e. it cannot be a mere
977 reference to (part of) an existing object. */
980 tree inner_object = gnu_expr;
981 while (handled_component_p (inner_object))
982 inner_object = TREE_OPERAND (inner_object, 0);
983 if (TREE_CODE (inner_object) == CALL_EXPR)
984 create_normal_object = true;
987 /* Otherwise, see if we can proceed with a stabilized version of
988 the renamed entity or if we need to make a new object. */
989 if (!create_normal_object)
991 tree maybe_stable_expr = NULL_TREE;
994 /* Case 2: If the renaming entity need not be materialized and
995 the renamed expression is something we can stabilize, use
996 that for the renaming. At the global level, we can only do
997 this if we know no SAVE_EXPRs need be made, because the
998 expression we return might be used in arbitrary conditional
999 branches so we must force the evaluation of the SAVE_EXPRs
1000 immediately and this requires a proper function context.
1001 Note that an external constant is at the global level. */
1002 if (!Materialize_Entity (gnat_entity)
1003 && (!((!definition && kind == E_Constant)
1004 || global_bindings_p ())
1005 || (staticp (gnu_expr)
1006 && !TREE_SIDE_EFFECTS (gnu_expr))))
1009 = gnat_stabilize_reference (gnu_expr, true, &stable);
1013 /* ??? No DECL_EXPR is created so we need to mark
1014 the expression manually lest it is shared. */
1015 if ((!definition && kind == E_Constant)
1016 || global_bindings_p ())
1017 MARK_VISITED (maybe_stable_expr);
1018 gnu_decl = maybe_stable_expr;
1019 save_gnu_tree (gnat_entity, gnu_decl, true);
1021 annotate_object (gnat_entity, gnu_type, NULL_TREE,
1023 /* This assertion will fail if the renamed object
1024 isn't aligned enough as to make it possible to
1025 honor the alignment set on the renaming. */
1028 unsigned int renamed_align
1030 ? DECL_ALIGN (gnu_decl)
1031 : TYPE_ALIGN (TREE_TYPE (gnu_decl));
1032 gcc_assert (renamed_align >= align);
1037 /* The stabilization failed. Keep maybe_stable_expr
1038 untouched here to let the pointer case below know
1039 about that failure. */
1042 /* Case 3: If this is a constant renaming and creating a
1043 new object is allowed and cheap, treat it as a normal
1044 object whose initial value is what is being renamed. */
1046 && !Is_Composite_Type
1047 (Underlying_Type (Etype (gnat_entity))))
1050 /* Case 4: Make this into a constant pointer to the object we
1051 are to rename and attach the object to the pointer if it is
1052 something we can stabilize.
1054 From the proper scope, attached objects will be referenced
1055 directly instead of indirectly via the pointer to avoid
1056 subtle aliasing problems with non-addressable entities.
1057 They have to be stable because we must not evaluate the
1058 variables in the expression every time the renaming is used.
1059 The pointer is called a "renaming" pointer in this case.
1061 In the rare cases where we cannot stabilize the renamed
1062 object, we just make a "bare" pointer, and the renamed
1063 entity is always accessed indirectly through it. */
1066 /* We need to preserve the volatileness of the renamed
1067 object through the indirection. */
1068 if (TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (gnu_expr)
1069 && !TYPE_VOLATILE (gnu_type))
1071 = build_qualified_type (gnu_type,
1072 (TYPE_QUALS (gnu_type)
1073 | TYPE_QUAL_VOLATILE));
1074 gnu_type = build_reference_type (gnu_type);
1075 inner_const_flag = TREE_READONLY (gnu_expr);
1078 /* If the previous attempt at stabilizing failed, there
1079 is no point in trying again and we reuse the result
1080 without attaching it to the pointer. In this case it
1081 will only be used as the initializing expression of
1082 the pointer and thus needs no special treatment with
1083 regard to multiple evaluations. */
1084 if (maybe_stable_expr)
1087 /* Otherwise, try to stabilize and attach the expression
1088 to the pointer if the stabilization succeeds.
1090 Note that this might introduce SAVE_EXPRs and we don't
1091 check whether we're at the global level or not. This
1092 is fine since we are building a pointer initializer and
1093 neither the pointer nor the initializing expression can
1094 be accessed before the pointer elaboration has taken
1095 place in a correct program.
1097 These SAVE_EXPRs will be evaluated at the right place
1098 by either the evaluation of the initializer for the
1099 non-global case or the elaboration code for the global
1100 case, and will be attached to the elaboration procedure
1101 in the latter case. */
1105 = gnat_stabilize_reference (gnu_expr, true, &stable);
1108 renamed_obj = maybe_stable_expr;
1110 /* Attaching is actually performed downstream, as soon
1111 as we have a VAR_DECL for the pointer we make. */
1114 gnu_expr = build_unary_op (ADDR_EXPR, gnu_type,
1117 gnu_size = NULL_TREE;
1123 /* Make a volatile version of this object's type if we are to make
1124 the object volatile. We also interpret 13.3(19) conservatively
1125 and disallow any optimizations for such a non-constant object. */
1126 if ((Treat_As_Volatile (gnat_entity)
1128 && gnu_type != except_type_node
1129 && (Is_Exported (gnat_entity)
1131 || Present (Address_Clause (gnat_entity)))))
1132 && !TYPE_VOLATILE (gnu_type))
1133 gnu_type = build_qualified_type (gnu_type,
1134 (TYPE_QUALS (gnu_type)
1135 | TYPE_QUAL_VOLATILE));
1137 /* If we are defining an aliased object whose nominal subtype is
1138 unconstrained, the object is a record that contains both the
1139 template and the object. If there is an initializer, it will
1140 have already been converted to the right type, but we need to
1141 create the template if there is no initializer. */
1144 && TREE_CODE (gnu_type) == RECORD_TYPE
1145 && (TYPE_CONTAINS_TEMPLATE_P (gnu_type)
1146 /* Beware that padding might have been introduced above. */
1147 || (TYPE_PADDING_P (gnu_type)
1148 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (TYPE_FIELDS (gnu_type)))
1150 && TYPE_CONTAINS_TEMPLATE_P
1151 (TREE_TYPE (TYPE_FIELDS (gnu_type))))))
1154 = TYPE_PADDING_P (gnu_type)
1155 ? TYPE_FIELDS (TREE_TYPE (TYPE_FIELDS (gnu_type)))
1156 : TYPE_FIELDS (gnu_type);
1157 vec<constructor_elt, va_gc> *v;
1159 tree t = build_template (TREE_TYPE (template_field),
1160 TREE_TYPE (DECL_CHAIN (template_field)),
1162 CONSTRUCTOR_APPEND_ELT (v, template_field, t);
1163 gnu_expr = gnat_build_constructor (gnu_type, v);
1166 /* Convert the expression to the type of the object except in the
1167 case where the object's type is unconstrained or the object's type
1168 is a padded record whose field is of self-referential size. In
1169 the former case, converting will generate unnecessary evaluations
1170 of the CONSTRUCTOR to compute the size and in the latter case, we
1171 want to only copy the actual data. Also don't convert to a record
1172 type with a variant part from a record type without one, to keep
1173 the object simpler. */
1175 && TREE_CODE (gnu_type) != UNCONSTRAINED_ARRAY_TYPE
1176 && !CONTAINS_PLACEHOLDER_P (TYPE_SIZE (gnu_type))
1177 && !(TYPE_IS_PADDING_P (gnu_type)
1178 && CONTAINS_PLACEHOLDER_P
1179 (TYPE_SIZE (TREE_TYPE (TYPE_FIELDS (gnu_type)))))
1180 && !(TREE_CODE (gnu_type) == RECORD_TYPE
1181 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (gnu_expr)) == RECORD_TYPE
1182 && get_variant_part (gnu_type) != NULL_TREE
1183 && get_variant_part (TREE_TYPE (gnu_expr)) == NULL_TREE))
1184 gnu_expr = convert (gnu_type, gnu_expr);
1186 /* If this is a pointer that doesn't have an initializing expression,
1187 initialize it to NULL, unless the object is imported. */
1189 && (POINTER_TYPE_P (gnu_type) || TYPE_IS_FAT_POINTER_P (gnu_type))
1191 && !Is_Imported (gnat_entity))
1192 gnu_expr = integer_zero_node;
1194 /* If we are defining the object and it has an Address clause, we must
1195 either get the address expression from the saved GCC tree for the
1196 object if it has a Freeze node, or elaborate the address expression
1197 here since the front-end has guaranteed that the elaboration has no
1198 effects in this case. */
1199 if (definition && Present (Address_Clause (gnat_entity)))
1201 Node_Id gnat_expr = Expression (Address_Clause (gnat_entity));
1203 = present_gnu_tree (gnat_entity)
1204 ? get_gnu_tree (gnat_entity) : gnat_to_gnu (gnat_expr);
1206 save_gnu_tree (gnat_entity, NULL_TREE, false);
1208 /* Ignore the size. It's either meaningless or was handled
1210 gnu_size = NULL_TREE;
1211 /* Convert the type of the object to a reference type that can
1212 alias everything as per 13.3(19). */
1214 = build_reference_type_for_mode (gnu_type, ptr_mode, true);
1215 gnu_address = convert (gnu_type, gnu_address);
1218 = !Is_Public (gnat_entity)
1219 || compile_time_known_address_p (gnat_expr);
1221 /* If this is a deferred constant, the initializer is attached to
1223 if (kind == E_Constant && Present (Full_View (gnat_entity)))
1226 (Expression (Declaration_Node (Full_View (gnat_entity))));
1228 /* If we don't have an initializing expression for the underlying
1229 variable, the initializing expression for the pointer is the
1230 specified address. Otherwise, we have to make a COMPOUND_EXPR
1231 to assign both the address and the initial value. */
1233 gnu_expr = gnu_address;
1236 = build2 (COMPOUND_EXPR, gnu_type,
1238 (MODIFY_EXPR, NULL_TREE,
1239 build_unary_op (INDIRECT_REF, NULL_TREE,
1245 /* If it has an address clause and we are not defining it, mark it
1246 as an indirect object. Likewise for Stdcall objects that are
1248 if ((!definition && Present (Address_Clause (gnat_entity)))
1249 || (Is_Imported (gnat_entity)
1250 && Has_Stdcall_Convention (gnat_entity)))
1252 /* Convert the type of the object to a reference type that can
1253 alias everything as per 13.3(19). */
1255 = build_reference_type_for_mode (gnu_type, ptr_mode, true);
1256 gnu_size = NULL_TREE;
1258 /* No point in taking the address of an initializing expression
1259 that isn't going to be used. */
1260 gnu_expr = NULL_TREE;
1262 /* If it has an address clause whose value is known at compile
1263 time, make the object a CONST_DECL. This will avoid a
1264 useless dereference. */
1265 if (Present (Address_Clause (gnat_entity)))
1267 Node_Id gnat_address
1268 = Expression (Address_Clause (gnat_entity));
1270 if (compile_time_known_address_p (gnat_address))
1272 gnu_expr = gnat_to_gnu (gnat_address);
1280 /* If we are at top level and this object is of variable size,
1281 make the actual type a hidden pointer to the real type and
1282 make the initializer be a memory allocation and initialization.
1283 Likewise for objects we aren't defining (presumed to be
1284 external references from other packages), but there we do
1285 not set up an initialization.
1287 If the object's size overflows, make an allocator too, so that
1288 Storage_Error gets raised. Note that we will never free
1289 such memory, so we presume it never will get allocated. */
1290 if (!allocatable_size_p (TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (gnu_type),
1291 global_bindings_p ()
1295 && !allocatable_size_p (convert (sizetype,
1297 (CEIL_DIV_EXPR, gnu_size,
1298 bitsize_unit_node)),
1299 global_bindings_p ()
1303 gnu_type = build_reference_type (gnu_type);
1304 gnu_size = NULL_TREE;
1307 /* In case this was a aliased object whose nominal subtype is
1308 unconstrained, the pointer above will be a thin pointer and
1309 build_allocator will automatically make the template.
1311 If we have a template initializer only (that we made above),
1312 pretend there is none and rely on what build_allocator creates
1313 again anyway. Otherwise (if we have a full initializer), get
1314 the data part and feed that to build_allocator.
1316 If we are elaborating a mutable object, tell build_allocator to
1317 ignore a possibly simpler size from the initializer, if any, as
1318 we must allocate the maximum possible size in this case. */
1319 if (definition && !imported_p)
1321 tree gnu_alloc_type = TREE_TYPE (gnu_type);
1323 if (TREE_CODE (gnu_alloc_type) == RECORD_TYPE
1324 && TYPE_CONTAINS_TEMPLATE_P (gnu_alloc_type))
1327 = TREE_TYPE (DECL_CHAIN (TYPE_FIELDS (gnu_alloc_type)));
1329 if (TREE_CODE (gnu_expr) == CONSTRUCTOR
1330 && 1 == vec_safe_length (CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (gnu_expr)))
1334 = build_component_ref
1335 (gnu_expr, NULL_TREE,
1336 DECL_CHAIN (TYPE_FIELDS (TREE_TYPE (gnu_expr))),
1340 if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (gnu_alloc_type)) == INTEGER_CST
1341 && !valid_constant_size_p (TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (gnu_alloc_type)))
1342 post_error ("?`Storage_Error` will be raised at run time!",
1346 = build_allocator (gnu_alloc_type, gnu_expr, gnu_type,
1347 Empty, Empty, gnat_entity, mutable_p);
1352 gnu_expr = NULL_TREE;
1357 /* If this object would go into the stack and has an alignment larger
1358 than the largest stack alignment the back-end can honor, resort to
1359 a variable of "aligning type". */
1360 if (!global_bindings_p () && !static_p && definition
1361 && !imported_p && TYPE_ALIGN (gnu_type) > BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT)
1363 /* Create the new variable. No need for extra room before the
1364 aligned field as this is in automatic storage. */
1366 = make_aligning_type (gnu_type, TYPE_ALIGN (gnu_type),
1367 TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (gnu_type),
1368 BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT, 0);
1370 = create_var_decl (create_concat_name (gnat_entity, "ALIGN"),
1371 NULL_TREE, gnu_new_type, NULL_TREE, false,
1372 false, false, false, NULL, gnat_entity);
1374 /* Initialize the aligned field if we have an initializer. */
1377 (build_binary_op (MODIFY_EXPR, NULL_TREE,
1379 (gnu_new_var, NULL_TREE,
1380 TYPE_FIELDS (gnu_new_type), false),
1384 /* And setup this entity as a reference to the aligned field. */
1385 gnu_type = build_reference_type (gnu_type);
1388 (ADDR_EXPR, gnu_type,
1389 build_component_ref (gnu_new_var, NULL_TREE,
1390 TYPE_FIELDS (gnu_new_type), false));
1392 gnu_size = NULL_TREE;
1397 /* If this is an aliased object with an unconstrained nominal subtype,
1398 we make its type a thin reference, i.e. the reference counterpart
1399 of a thin pointer, so that it points to the array part. This is
1400 aimed at making it easier for the debugger to decode the object.
1401 Note that we have to do that this late because of the couple of
1402 allocation adjustments that might be made just above. */
1403 if (Is_Constr_Subt_For_UN_Aliased (Etype (gnat_entity))
1404 && Is_Array_Type (Etype (gnat_entity))
1405 && !type_annotate_only)
1408 = gnat_to_gnu_type (Base_Type (Etype (gnat_entity)));
1410 /* In case the object with the template has already been allocated
1411 just above, we have nothing to do here. */
1412 if (!TYPE_IS_THIN_POINTER_P (gnu_type))
1414 gnu_size = NULL_TREE;
1417 if (definition && !imported_p)
1420 = create_var_decl (concat_name (gnu_entity_name, "UNC"),
1421 NULL_TREE, gnu_type, gnu_expr,
1422 const_flag, Is_Public (gnat_entity),
1423 false, static_p, NULL, gnat_entity);
1425 = build_unary_op (ADDR_EXPR, NULL_TREE, gnu_unc_var);
1426 TREE_CONSTANT (gnu_expr) = 1;
1431 gnu_expr = NULL_TREE;
1437 = build_reference_type (TYPE_OBJECT_RECORD_TYPE (gnu_array));
1441 gnu_type = build_qualified_type (gnu_type, (TYPE_QUALS (gnu_type)
1442 | TYPE_QUAL_CONST));
1444 /* Convert the expression to the type of the object except in the
1445 case where the object's type is unconstrained or the object's type
1446 is a padded record whose field is of self-referential size. In
1447 the former case, converting will generate unnecessary evaluations
1448 of the CONSTRUCTOR to compute the size and in the latter case, we
1449 want to only copy the actual data. Also don't convert to a record
1450 type with a variant part from a record type without one, to keep
1451 the object simpler. */
1453 && TREE_CODE (gnu_type) != UNCONSTRAINED_ARRAY_TYPE
1454 && !CONTAINS_PLACEHOLDER_P (TYPE_SIZE (gnu_type))
1455 && !(TYPE_IS_PADDING_P (gnu_type)
1456 && CONTAINS_PLACEHOLDER_P
1457 (TYPE_SIZE (TREE_TYPE (TYPE_FIELDS (gnu_type)))))
1458 && !(TREE_CODE (gnu_type) == RECORD_TYPE
1459 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (gnu_expr)) == RECORD_TYPE
1460 && get_variant_part (gnu_type) != NULL_TREE
1461 && get_variant_part (TREE_TYPE (gnu_expr)) == NULL_TREE))
1462 gnu_expr = convert (gnu_type, gnu_expr);
1464 /* If this name is external or there was a name specified, use it,
1465 unless this is a VMS exception object since this would conflict
1466 with the symbol we need to export in addition. Don't use the
1467 Interface_Name if there is an address clause (see CD30005). */
1468 if (!Is_VMS_Exception (gnat_entity)
1469 && ((Present (Interface_Name (gnat_entity))
1470 && No (Address_Clause (gnat_entity)))
1471 || (Is_Public (gnat_entity)
1472 && (!Is_Imported (gnat_entity)
1473 || Is_Exported (gnat_entity)))))
1474 gnu_ext_name = create_concat_name (gnat_entity, NULL);
1476 /* If this is an aggregate constant initialized to a constant, force it
1477 to be statically allocated. This saves an initialization copy. */
1480 && gnu_expr && TREE_CONSTANT (gnu_expr)
1481 && AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (gnu_type)
1482 && host_integerp (TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (gnu_type), 1)
1483 && !(TYPE_IS_PADDING_P (gnu_type)
1484 && !host_integerp (TYPE_SIZE_UNIT
1485 (TREE_TYPE (TYPE_FIELDS (gnu_type))), 1)))
1488 /* Now create the variable or the constant and set various flags. */
1490 = create_var_decl (gnu_entity_name, gnu_ext_name, gnu_type,
1491 gnu_expr, const_flag, Is_Public (gnat_entity),
1492 imported_p || !definition, static_p, attr_list,
1494 DECL_BY_REF_P (gnu_decl) = used_by_ref;
1495 DECL_POINTS_TO_READONLY_P (gnu_decl) = used_by_ref && inner_const_flag;
1496 DECL_CAN_NEVER_BE_NULL_P (gnu_decl) = Can_Never_Be_Null (gnat_entity);
1498 /* If we are defining an Out parameter and optimization isn't enabled,
1499 create a fake PARM_DECL for debugging purposes and make it point to
1500 the VAR_DECL. Suppress debug info for the latter but make sure it
1501 will live on the stack so that it can be accessed from within the
1502 debugger through the PARM_DECL. */
1503 if (kind == E_Out_Parameter
1507 && !flag_generate_lto)
1509 tree param = create_param_decl (gnu_entity_name, gnu_type, false);
1510 gnat_pushdecl (param, gnat_entity);
1511 SET_DECL_VALUE_EXPR (param, gnu_decl);
1512 DECL_HAS_VALUE_EXPR_P (param) = 1;
1513 DECL_IGNORED_P (gnu_decl) = 1;
1514 TREE_ADDRESSABLE (gnu_decl) = 1;
1517 /* If this is a loop parameter, set the corresponding flag. */
1518 else if (kind == E_Loop_Parameter)
1519 DECL_LOOP_PARM_P (gnu_decl) = 1;
1521 /* If this is a renaming pointer, attach the renamed object to it and
1522 register it if we are at the global level. Note that an external
1523 constant is at the global level. */
1524 else if (TREE_CODE (gnu_decl) == VAR_DECL && renamed_obj)
1526 SET_DECL_RENAMED_OBJECT (gnu_decl, renamed_obj);
1527 if ((!definition && kind == E_Constant) || global_bindings_p ())
1529 DECL_RENAMING_GLOBAL_P (gnu_decl) = 1;
1530 record_global_renaming_pointer (gnu_decl);
1534 /* If this is a constant and we are defining it or it generates a real
1535 symbol at the object level and we are referencing it, we may want
1536 or need to have a true variable to represent it:
1537 - if optimization isn't enabled, for debugging purposes,
1538 - if the constant is public and not overlaid on something else,
1539 - if its address is taken,
1540 - if either itself or its type is aliased. */
1541 if (TREE_CODE (gnu_decl) == CONST_DECL
1542 && (definition || Sloc (gnat_entity) > Standard_Location)
1543 && ((!optimize && debug_info_p)
1544 || (Is_Public (gnat_entity)
1545 && No (Address_Clause (gnat_entity)))
1546 || Address_Taken (gnat_entity)
1547 || Is_Aliased (gnat_entity)
1548 || Is_Aliased (Etype (gnat_entity))))
1551 = create_true_var_decl (gnu_entity_name, gnu_ext_name, gnu_type,
1552 gnu_expr, true, Is_Public (gnat_entity),
1553 !definition, static_p, attr_list,
1556 SET_DECL_CONST_CORRESPONDING_VAR (gnu_decl, gnu_corr_var);
1558 /* As debugging information will be generated for the variable,
1559 do not generate debugging information for the constant. */
1561 DECL_IGNORED_P (gnu_decl) = 1;
1563 DECL_IGNORED_P (gnu_corr_var) = 1;
1566 /* If this is a constant, even if we don't need a true variable, we
1567 may need to avoid returning the initializer in every case. That
1568 can happen for the address of a (constant) constructor because,
1569 upon dereferencing it, the constructor will be reinjected in the
1570 tree, which may not be valid in every case; see lvalue_required_p
1571 for more details. */
1572 if (TREE_CODE (gnu_decl) == CONST_DECL)
1573 DECL_CONST_ADDRESS_P (gnu_decl) = constructor_address_p (gnu_expr);
1575 /* If this object is declared in a block that contains a block with an
1576 exception handler, and we aren't using the GCC exception mechanism,
1577 we must force this variable in memory in order to avoid an invalid
1579 if (Exception_Mechanism != Back_End_Exceptions
1580 && Has_Nested_Block_With_Handler (Scope (gnat_entity)))
1581 TREE_ADDRESSABLE (gnu_decl) = 1;
1583 /* If we are defining an object with variable size or an object with
1584 fixed size that will be dynamically allocated, and we are using the
1585 setjmp/longjmp exception mechanism, update the setjmp buffer. */
1587 && Exception_Mechanism == Setjmp_Longjmp
1588 && get_block_jmpbuf_decl ()
1589 && DECL_SIZE_UNIT (gnu_decl)
1590 && (TREE_CODE (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (gnu_decl)) != INTEGER_CST
1591 || (flag_stack_check == GENERIC_STACK_CHECK
1592 && compare_tree_int (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (gnu_decl),
1593 STACK_CHECK_MAX_VAR_SIZE) > 0)))
1594 add_stmt_with_node (build_call_n_expr
1595 (update_setjmp_buf_decl, 1,
1596 build_unary_op (ADDR_EXPR, NULL_TREE,
1597 get_block_jmpbuf_decl ())),
1600 /* Back-annotate Esize and Alignment of the object if not already
1601 known. Note that we pick the values of the type, not those of
1602 the object, to shield ourselves from low-level platform-dependent
1603 adjustments like alignment promotion. This is both consistent with
1604 all the treatment above, where alignment and size are set on the
1605 type of the object and not on the object directly, and makes it
1606 possible to support all confirming representation clauses. */
1607 annotate_object (gnat_entity, TREE_TYPE (gnu_decl), gnu_object_size,
1608 used_by_ref, false);
1613 /* Return a TYPE_DECL for "void" that we previously made. */
1614 gnu_decl = TYPE_NAME (void_type_node);
1617 case E_Enumeration_Type:
1618 /* A special case: for the types Character and Wide_Character in
1619 Standard, we do not list all the literals. So if the literals
1620 are not specified, make this an unsigned type. */
1621 if (No (First_Literal (gnat_entity)))
1623 gnu_type = make_unsigned_type (esize);
1624 TYPE_NAME (gnu_type) = gnu_entity_name;
1626 /* Set TYPE_STRING_FLAG for Character and Wide_Character types.
1627 This is needed by the DWARF-2 back-end to distinguish between
1628 unsigned integer types and character types. */
1629 TYPE_STRING_FLAG (gnu_type) = 1;
1634 /* We have a list of enumeral constants in First_Literal. We make a
1635 CONST_DECL for each one and build into GNU_LITERAL_LIST the list to
1636 be placed into TYPE_FIELDS. Each node in the list is a TREE_LIST
1637 whose TREE_VALUE is the literal name and whose TREE_PURPOSE is the
1638 value of the literal. But when we have a regular boolean type, we
1639 simplify this a little by using a BOOLEAN_TYPE. */
1640 bool is_boolean = Is_Boolean_Type (gnat_entity)
1641 && !Has_Non_Standard_Rep (gnat_entity);
1642 tree gnu_literal_list = NULL_TREE;
1643 Entity_Id gnat_literal;
1645 if (Is_Unsigned_Type (gnat_entity))
1646 gnu_type = make_unsigned_type (esize);
1648 gnu_type = make_signed_type (esize);
1650 TREE_SET_CODE (gnu_type, is_boolean ? BOOLEAN_TYPE : ENUMERAL_TYPE);
1652 for (gnat_literal = First_Literal (gnat_entity);
1653 Present (gnat_literal);
1654 gnat_literal = Next_Literal (gnat_literal))
1657 = UI_To_gnu (Enumeration_Rep (gnat_literal), gnu_type);
1659 = create_var_decl (get_entity_name (gnat_literal), NULL_TREE,
1660 gnu_type, gnu_value, true, false, false,
1661 false, NULL, gnat_literal);
1662 /* Do not generate debug info for individual enumerators. */
1663 DECL_IGNORED_P (gnu_literal) = 1;
1664 save_gnu_tree (gnat_literal, gnu_literal, false);
1665 gnu_literal_list = tree_cons (DECL_NAME (gnu_literal),
1666 gnu_value, gnu_literal_list);
1670 TYPE_VALUES (gnu_type) = nreverse (gnu_literal_list);
1672 /* Note that the bounds are updated at the end of this function
1673 to avoid an infinite recursion since they refer to the type. */
1677 case E_Signed_Integer_Type:
1678 case E_Ordinary_Fixed_Point_Type:
1679 case E_Decimal_Fixed_Point_Type:
1680 /* For integer types, just make a signed type the appropriate number
1682 gnu_type = make_signed_type (esize);
1685 case E_Modular_Integer_Type:
1687 /* For modular types, make the unsigned type of the proper number
1688 of bits and then set up the modulus, if required. */
1689 tree gnu_modulus, gnu_high = NULL_TREE;
1691 /* Packed array types are supposed to be subtypes only. */
1692 gcc_assert (!Is_Packed_Array_Type (gnat_entity));
1694 gnu_type = make_unsigned_type (esize);
1696 /* Get the modulus in this type. If it overflows, assume it is because
1697 it is equal to 2**Esize. Note that there is no overflow checking
1698 done on unsigned type, so we detect the overflow by looking for
1699 a modulus of zero, which is otherwise invalid. */
1700 gnu_modulus = UI_To_gnu (Modulus (gnat_entity), gnu_type);
1702 if (!integer_zerop (gnu_modulus))
1704 TYPE_MODULAR_P (gnu_type) = 1;
1705 SET_TYPE_MODULUS (gnu_type, gnu_modulus);
1706 gnu_high = fold_build2 (MINUS_EXPR, gnu_type, gnu_modulus,
1707 convert (gnu_type, integer_one_node));
1710 /* If the upper bound is not maximal, make an extra subtype. */
1712 && !tree_int_cst_equal (gnu_high, TYPE_MAX_VALUE (gnu_type)))
1714 tree gnu_subtype = make_unsigned_type (esize);
1715 SET_TYPE_RM_MAX_VALUE (gnu_subtype, gnu_high);
1716 TREE_TYPE (gnu_subtype) = gnu_type;
1717 TYPE_EXTRA_SUBTYPE_P (gnu_subtype) = 1;
1718 TYPE_NAME (gnu_type) = create_concat_name (gnat_entity, "UMT");
1719 gnu_type = gnu_subtype;
1724 case E_Signed_Integer_Subtype:
1725 case E_Enumeration_Subtype:
1726 case E_Modular_Integer_Subtype:
1727 case E_Ordinary_Fixed_Point_Subtype:
1728 case E_Decimal_Fixed_Point_Subtype:
1730 /* For integral subtypes, we make a new INTEGER_TYPE. Note that we do
1731 not want to call create_range_type since we would like each subtype
1732 node to be distinct. ??? Historically this was in preparation for
1733 when memory aliasing is implemented, but that's obsolete now given
1734 the call to relate_alias_sets below.
1736 The TREE_TYPE field of the INTEGER_TYPE points to the base type;
1737 this fact is used by the arithmetic conversion functions.
1739 We elaborate the Ancestor_Subtype if it is not in the current unit
1740 and one of our bounds is non-static. We do this to ensure consistent
1741 naming in the case where several subtypes share the same bounds, by
1742 elaborating the first such subtype first, thus using its name. */
1745 && Present (Ancestor_Subtype (gnat_entity))
1746 && !In_Extended_Main_Code_Unit (Ancestor_Subtype (gnat_entity))
1747 && (!Compile_Time_Known_Value (Type_Low_Bound (gnat_entity))
1748 || !Compile_Time_Known_Value (Type_High_Bound (gnat_entity))))
1749 gnat_to_gnu_entity (Ancestor_Subtype (gnat_entity), gnu_expr, 0);
1751 /* Set the precision to the Esize except for bit-packed arrays. */
1752 if (Is_Packed_Array_Type (gnat_entity)
1753 && Is_Bit_Packed_Array (Original_Array_Type (gnat_entity)))
1754 esize = UI_To_Int (RM_Size (gnat_entity));
1756 /* This should be an unsigned type if the base type is unsigned or
1757 if the lower bound is constant and non-negative or if the type
1759 if (Is_Unsigned_Type (Etype (gnat_entity))
1760 || Is_Unsigned_Type (gnat_entity)
1761 || Has_Biased_Representation (gnat_entity))
1762 gnu_type = make_unsigned_type (esize);
1764 gnu_type = make_signed_type (esize);
1765 TREE_TYPE (gnu_type) = get_unpadded_type (Etype (gnat_entity));
1767 SET_TYPE_RM_MIN_VALUE
1769 convert (TREE_TYPE (gnu_type),
1770 elaborate_expression (Type_Low_Bound (gnat_entity),
1771 gnat_entity, get_identifier ("L"),
1773 Needs_Debug_Info (gnat_entity))));
1775 SET_TYPE_RM_MAX_VALUE
1777 convert (TREE_TYPE (gnu_type),
1778 elaborate_expression (Type_High_Bound (gnat_entity),
1779 gnat_entity, get_identifier ("U"),
1781 Needs_Debug_Info (gnat_entity))));
1783 /* One of the above calls might have caused us to be elaborated,
1784 so don't blow up if so. */
1785 if (present_gnu_tree (gnat_entity))
1787 maybe_present = true;
1791 TYPE_BIASED_REPRESENTATION_P (gnu_type)
1792 = Has_Biased_Representation (gnat_entity);
1794 /* Attach the TYPE_STUB_DECL in case we have a parallel type. */
1795 TYPE_STUB_DECL (gnu_type)
1796 = create_type_stub_decl (gnu_entity_name, gnu_type);
1798 /* Inherit our alias set from what we're a subtype of. Subtypes
1799 are not different types and a pointer can designate any instance
1800 within a subtype hierarchy. */
1801 relate_alias_sets (gnu_type, TREE_TYPE (gnu_type), ALIAS_SET_COPY);
1803 /* For a packed array, make the original array type a parallel type. */
1805 && Is_Packed_Array_Type (gnat_entity)
1806 && present_gnu_tree (Original_Array_Type (gnat_entity)))
1807 add_parallel_type (gnu_type,
1809 (Original_Array_Type (gnat_entity)));
1813 /* We have to handle clauses that under-align the type specially. */
1814 if ((Present (Alignment_Clause (gnat_entity))
1815 || (Is_Packed_Array_Type (gnat_entity)
1817 (Alignment_Clause (Original_Array_Type (gnat_entity)))))
1818 && UI_Is_In_Int_Range (Alignment (gnat_entity)))
1820 align = UI_To_Int (Alignment (gnat_entity)) * BITS_PER_UNIT;
1821 if (align >= TYPE_ALIGN (gnu_type))
1825 /* If the type we are dealing with represents a bit-packed array,
1826 we need to have the bits left justified on big-endian targets
1827 and right justified on little-endian targets. We also need to
1828 ensure that when the value is read (e.g. for comparison of two
1829 such values), we only get the good bits, since the unused bits
1830 are uninitialized. Both goals are accomplished by wrapping up
1831 the modular type in an enclosing record type. */
1832 if (Is_Packed_Array_Type (gnat_entity)
1833 && Is_Bit_Packed_Array (Original_Array_Type (gnat_entity)))
1835 tree gnu_field_type, gnu_field;
1837 /* Set the RM size before wrapping up the original type. */
1838 SET_TYPE_RM_SIZE (gnu_type,
1839 UI_To_gnu (RM_Size (gnat_entity), bitsizetype));
1840 TYPE_PACKED_ARRAY_TYPE_P (gnu_type) = 1;
1842 /* Create a stripped-down declaration, mainly for debugging. */
1843 create_type_decl (gnu_entity_name, gnu_type, NULL, true,
1844 debug_info_p, gnat_entity);
1846 /* Now save it and build the enclosing record type. */
1847 gnu_field_type = gnu_type;
1849 gnu_type = make_node (RECORD_TYPE);
1850 TYPE_NAME (gnu_type) = create_concat_name (gnat_entity, "JM");
1851 TYPE_PACKED (gnu_type) = 1;
1852 TYPE_SIZE (gnu_type) = TYPE_SIZE (gnu_field_type);
1853 TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (gnu_type) = TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (gnu_field_type);
1854 SET_TYPE_ADA_SIZE (gnu_type, TYPE_RM_SIZE (gnu_field_type));
1856 /* Propagate the alignment of the modular type to the record type,
1857 unless there is an alignment clause that under-aligns the type.
1858 This means that bit-packed arrays are given "ceil" alignment for
1859 their size by default, which may seem counter-intuitive but makes
1860 it possible to overlay them on modular types easily. */
1861 TYPE_ALIGN (gnu_type)
1862 = align > 0 ? align : TYPE_ALIGN (gnu_field_type);
1864 relate_alias_sets (gnu_type, gnu_field_type, ALIAS_SET_COPY);
1866 /* Don't declare the field as addressable since we won't be taking
1867 its address and this would prevent create_field_decl from making
1870 = create_field_decl (get_identifier ("OBJECT"), gnu_field_type,
1871 gnu_type, NULL_TREE, bitsize_zero_node, 1, 0);
1873 /* Do not emit debug info until after the parallel type is added. */
1874 finish_record_type (gnu_type, gnu_field, 2, false);
1875 compute_record_mode (gnu_type);
1876 TYPE_JUSTIFIED_MODULAR_P (gnu_type) = 1;
1880 /* Make the original array type a parallel type. */
1881 if (present_gnu_tree (Original_Array_Type (gnat_entity)))
1882 add_parallel_type (gnu_type,
1884 (Original_Array_Type (gnat_entity)));
1886 rest_of_record_type_compilation (gnu_type);
1890 /* If the type we are dealing with has got a smaller alignment than the
1891 natural one, we need to wrap it up in a record type and misalign the
1892 latter; we reuse the padding machinery for this purpose. Note that,
1893 even if the record type is marked as packed because of misalignment,
1894 we don't pack the field so as to give it the size of the type. */
1897 tree gnu_field_type, gnu_field;
1899 /* Set the RM size before wrapping up the type. */
1900 SET_TYPE_RM_SIZE (gnu_type,
1901 UI_To_gnu (RM_Size (gnat_entity), bitsizetype));
1903 /* Create a stripped-down declaration, mainly for debugging. */
1904 create_type_decl (gnu_entity_name, gnu_type, NULL, true,
1905 debug_info_p, gnat_entity);
1907 /* Now save it and build the enclosing record type. */
1908 gnu_field_type = gnu_type;
1910 gnu_type = make_node (RECORD_TYPE);
1911 TYPE_NAME (gnu_type) = create_concat_name (gnat_entity, "PAD");
1912 TYPE_PACKED (gnu_type) = 1;
1913 TYPE_SIZE (gnu_type) = TYPE_SIZE (gnu_field_type);
1914 TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (gnu_type) = TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (gnu_field_type);
1915 SET_TYPE_ADA_SIZE (gnu_type, TYPE_RM_SIZE (gnu_field_type));
1916 TYPE_ALIGN (gnu_type) = align;
1917 relate_alias_sets (gnu_type, gnu_field_type, ALIAS_SET_COPY);
1919 /* Don't declare the field as addressable since we won't be taking
1920 its address and this would prevent create_field_decl from making
1923 = create_field_decl (get_identifier ("F"), gnu_field_type,
1924 gnu_type, TYPE_SIZE (gnu_field_type),
1925 bitsize_zero_node, 0, 0);
1927 finish_record_type (gnu_type, gnu_field, 2, debug_info_p);
1928 compute_record_mode (gnu_type);
1929 TYPE_PADDING_P (gnu_type) = 1;
1934 case E_Floating_Point_Type:
1935 /* If this is a VAX floating-point type, use an integer of the proper
1936 size. All the operations will be handled with ASM statements. */
1937 if (Vax_Float (gnat_entity))
1939 gnu_type = make_signed_type (esize);
1940 TYPE_VAX_FLOATING_POINT_P (gnu_type) = 1;
1941 SET_TYPE_DIGITS_VALUE (gnu_type,
1942 UI_To_gnu (Digits_Value (gnat_entity),
1947 /* The type of the Low and High bounds can be our type if this is
1948 a type from Standard, so set them at the end of the function. */
1949 gnu_type = make_node (REAL_TYPE);
1950 TYPE_PRECISION (gnu_type) = fp_size_to_prec (esize);
1951 layout_type (gnu_type);
1954 case E_Floating_Point_Subtype:
1955 if (Vax_Float (gnat_entity))
1957 gnu_type = gnat_to_gnu_type (Etype (gnat_entity));
1963 && Present (Ancestor_Subtype (gnat_entity))
1964 && !In_Extended_Main_Code_Unit (Ancestor_Subtype (gnat_entity))
1965 && (!Compile_Time_Known_Value (Type_Low_Bound (gnat_entity))
1966 || !Compile_Time_Known_Value (Type_High_Bound (gnat_entity))))
1967 gnat_to_gnu_entity (Ancestor_Subtype (gnat_entity),
1970 gnu_type = make_node (REAL_TYPE);
1971 TREE_TYPE (gnu_type) = get_unpadded_type (Etype (gnat_entity));
1972 TYPE_PRECISION (gnu_type) = fp_size_to_prec (esize);
1973 TYPE_GCC_MIN_VALUE (gnu_type)
1974 = TYPE_GCC_MIN_VALUE (TREE_TYPE (gnu_type));
1975 TYPE_GCC_MAX_VALUE (gnu_type)
1976 = TYPE_GCC_MAX_VALUE (TREE_TYPE (gnu_type));
1977 layout_type (gnu_type);
1979 SET_TYPE_RM_MIN_VALUE
1981 convert (TREE_TYPE (gnu_type),
1982 elaborate_expression (Type_Low_Bound (gnat_entity),
1983 gnat_entity, get_identifier ("L"),
1985 Needs_Debug_Info (gnat_entity))));
1987 SET_TYPE_RM_MAX_VALUE
1989 convert (TREE_TYPE (gnu_type),
1990 elaborate_expression (Type_High_Bound (gnat_entity),
1991 gnat_entity, get_identifier ("U"),
1993 Needs_Debug_Info (gnat_entity))));
1995 /* One of the above calls might have caused us to be elaborated,
1996 so don't blow up if so. */
1997 if (present_gnu_tree (gnat_entity))
1999 maybe_present = true;
2003 /* Inherit our alias set from what we're a subtype of, as for
2004 integer subtypes. */
2005 relate_alias_sets (gnu_type, TREE_TYPE (gnu_type), ALIAS_SET_COPY);
2009 /* Array and String Types and Subtypes
2011 Unconstrained array types are represented by E_Array_Type and
2012 constrained array types are represented by E_Array_Subtype. There
2013 are no actual objects of an unconstrained array type; all we have
2014 are pointers to that type.
2016 The following fields are defined on array types and subtypes:
2018 Component_Type Component type of the array.
2019 Number_Dimensions Number of dimensions (an int).
2020 First_Index Type of first index. */
2025 const bool convention_fortran_p
2026 = (Convention (gnat_entity) == Convention_Fortran);
2027 const int ndim = Number_Dimensions (gnat_entity);
2028 tree gnu_template_type;
2029 tree gnu_ptr_template;
2030 tree gnu_template_reference, gnu_template_fields, gnu_fat_type;
2031 tree *gnu_index_types = XALLOCAVEC (tree, ndim);
2032 tree *gnu_temp_fields = XALLOCAVEC (tree, ndim);
2033 tree gnu_max_size = size_one_node, gnu_max_size_unit, tem, t;
2034 Entity_Id gnat_index, gnat_name;
2038 /* Create the type for the component now, as it simplifies breaking
2039 type reference loops. */
2041 = gnat_to_gnu_component_type (gnat_entity, definition, debug_info_p);
2042 if (present_gnu_tree (gnat_entity))
2044 /* As a side effect, the type may have been translated. */
2045 maybe_present = true;
2049 /* We complete an existing dummy fat pointer type in place. This both
2050 avoids further complex adjustments in update_pointer_to and yields
2051 better debugging information in DWARF by leveraging the support for
2052 incomplete declarations of "tagged" types in the DWARF back-end. */
2053 gnu_type = get_dummy_type (gnat_entity);
2054 if (gnu_type && TYPE_POINTER_TO (gnu_type))
2056 gnu_fat_type = TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (TYPE_POINTER_TO (gnu_type));
2057 TYPE_NAME (gnu_fat_type) = NULL_TREE;
2058 /* Save the contents of the dummy type for update_pointer_to. */
2059 TYPE_POINTER_TO (gnu_type) = copy_type (gnu_fat_type);
2061 TREE_TYPE (TREE_CHAIN (TYPE_FIELDS (gnu_fat_type)));
2062 gnu_template_type = TREE_TYPE (gnu_ptr_template);
2066 gnu_fat_type = make_node (RECORD_TYPE);
2067 gnu_template_type = make_node (RECORD_TYPE);
2068 gnu_ptr_template = build_pointer_type (gnu_template_type);
2071 /* Make a node for the array. If we are not defining the array
2072 suppress expanding incomplete types. */
2073 gnu_type = make_node (UNCONSTRAINED_ARRAY_TYPE);
2077 defer_incomplete_level++;
2078 this_deferred = true;
2081 /* Build the fat pointer type. Use a "void *" object instead of
2082 a pointer to the array type since we don't have the array type
2083 yet (it will reference the fat pointer via the bounds). */
2085 = create_field_decl (get_identifier ("P_ARRAY"), ptr_void_type_node,
2086 gnu_fat_type, NULL_TREE, NULL_TREE, 0, 0);
2088 = create_field_decl (get_identifier ("P_BOUNDS"), gnu_ptr_template,
2089 gnu_fat_type, NULL_TREE, NULL_TREE, 0, 0);
2091 if (COMPLETE_TYPE_P (gnu_fat_type))
2093 /* We are going to lay it out again so reset the alias set. */
2094 alias_set_type alias_set = TYPE_ALIAS_SET (gnu_fat_type);
2095 TYPE_ALIAS_SET (gnu_fat_type) = -1;
2096 finish_fat_pointer_type (gnu_fat_type, tem);
2097 TYPE_ALIAS_SET (gnu_fat_type) = alias_set;
2098 for (t = gnu_fat_type; t; t = TYPE_NEXT_VARIANT (t))
2100 TYPE_FIELDS (t) = tem;
2101 SET_TYPE_UNCONSTRAINED_ARRAY (t, gnu_type);
2106 finish_fat_pointer_type (gnu_fat_type, tem);
2107 SET_TYPE_UNCONSTRAINED_ARRAY (gnu_fat_type, gnu_type);
2110 /* Build a reference to the template from a PLACEHOLDER_EXPR that
2111 is the fat pointer. This will be used to access the individual
2112 fields once we build them. */
2113 tem = build3 (COMPONENT_REF, gnu_ptr_template,
2114 build0 (PLACEHOLDER_EXPR, gnu_fat_type),
2115 DECL_CHAIN (TYPE_FIELDS (gnu_fat_type)), NULL_TREE);
2116 gnu_template_reference
2117 = build_unary_op (INDIRECT_REF, gnu_template_type, tem);
2118 TREE_READONLY (gnu_template_reference) = 1;
2119 TREE_THIS_NOTRAP (gnu_template_reference) = 1;
2121 /* Now create the GCC type for each index and add the fields for that
2122 index to the template. */
2123 for (index = (convention_fortran_p ? ndim - 1 : 0),
2124 gnat_index = First_Index (gnat_entity);
2125 0 <= index && index < ndim;
2126 index += (convention_fortran_p ? - 1 : 1),
2127 gnat_index = Next_Index (gnat_index))
2129 char field_name[16];
2130 tree gnu_index_base_type
2131 = get_unpadded_type (Base_Type (Etype (gnat_index)));
2132 tree gnu_lb_field, gnu_hb_field, gnu_orig_min, gnu_orig_max;
2133 tree gnu_min, gnu_max, gnu_high;
2135 /* Make the FIELD_DECLs for the low and high bounds of this
2136 type and then make extractions of these fields from the
2138 sprintf (field_name, "LB%d", index);
2139 gnu_lb_field = create_field_decl (get_identifier (field_name),
2140 gnu_index_base_type,
2141 gnu_template_type, NULL_TREE,
2143 Sloc_to_locus (Sloc (gnat_entity),
2144 &DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (gnu_lb_field));
2146 field_name[0] = 'U';
2147 gnu_hb_field = create_field_decl (get_identifier (field_name),
2148 gnu_index_base_type,
2149 gnu_template_type, NULL_TREE,
2151 Sloc_to_locus (Sloc (gnat_entity),
2152 &DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (gnu_hb_field));
2154 gnu_temp_fields[index] = chainon (gnu_lb_field, gnu_hb_field);
2156 /* We can't use build_component_ref here since the template type
2157 isn't complete yet. */
2158 gnu_orig_min = build3 (COMPONENT_REF, gnu_index_base_type,
2159 gnu_template_reference, gnu_lb_field,
2161 gnu_orig_max = build3 (COMPONENT_REF, gnu_index_base_type,
2162 gnu_template_reference, gnu_hb_field,
2164 TREE_READONLY (gnu_orig_min) = TREE_READONLY (gnu_orig_max) = 1;
2166 gnu_min = convert (sizetype, gnu_orig_min);
2167 gnu_max = convert (sizetype, gnu_orig_max);
2169 /* Compute the size of this dimension. See the E_Array_Subtype
2170 case below for the rationale. */
2172 = build3 (COND_EXPR, sizetype,
2173 build2 (GE_EXPR, boolean_type_node,
2174 gnu_orig_max, gnu_orig_min),
2176 size_binop (MINUS_EXPR, gnu_min, size_one_node));
2178 /* Make a range type with the new range in the Ada base type.
2179 Then make an index type with the size range in sizetype. */
2180 gnu_index_types[index]
2181 = create_index_type (gnu_min, gnu_high,
2182 create_range_type (gnu_index_base_type,
2187 /* Update the maximum size of the array in elements. */
2190 tree gnu_index_type = get_unpadded_type (Etype (gnat_index));
2192 = convert (sizetype, TYPE_MIN_VALUE (gnu_index_type));
2194 = convert (sizetype, TYPE_MAX_VALUE (gnu_index_type));
2196 = size_binop (MAX_EXPR,
2197 size_binop (PLUS_EXPR, size_one_node,
2198 size_binop (MINUS_EXPR,
2202 if (TREE_CODE (gnu_this_max) == INTEGER_CST
2203 && TREE_OVERFLOW (gnu_this_max))
2204 gnu_max_size = NULL_TREE;
2207 = size_binop (MULT_EXPR, gnu_max_size, gnu_this_max);
2210 TYPE_NAME (gnu_index_types[index])
2211 = create_concat_name (gnat_entity, field_name);
2214 /* Install all the fields into the template. */
2215 TYPE_NAME (gnu_template_type)
2216 = create_concat_name (gnat_entity, "XUB");
2217 gnu_template_fields = NULL_TREE;
2218 for (index = 0; index < ndim; index++)
2220 = chainon (gnu_template_fields, gnu_temp_fields[index]);
2221 finish_record_type (gnu_template_type, gnu_template_fields, 0,
2223 TYPE_READONLY (gnu_template_type) = 1;
2225 /* If Component_Size is not already specified, annotate it with the
2226 size of the component. */
2227 if (Unknown_Component_Size (gnat_entity))
2228 Set_Component_Size (gnat_entity,
2229 annotate_value (TYPE_SIZE (comp_type)));
2231 /* Compute the maximum size of the array in units and bits. */
2234 gnu_max_size_unit = size_binop (MULT_EXPR, gnu_max_size,
2235 TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (comp_type));
2236 gnu_max_size = size_binop (MULT_EXPR,
2237 convert (bitsizetype, gnu_max_size),
2238 TYPE_SIZE (comp_type));
2241 gnu_max_size_unit = NULL_TREE;
2243 /* Now build the array type. */
2245 for (index = ndim - 1; index >= 0; index--)
2247 tem = build_nonshared_array_type (tem, gnu_index_types[index]);
2248 if (Reverse_Storage_Order (gnat_entity))
2249 sorry ("non-default Scalar_Storage_Order");
2250 TYPE_MULTI_ARRAY_P (tem) = (index > 0);
2251 if (array_type_has_nonaliased_component (tem, gnat_entity))
2252 TYPE_NONALIASED_COMPONENT (tem) = 1;
2254 /* If it is passed by reference, force BLKmode to ensure that
2255 objects of this type will always be put in memory. */
2256 if (TYPE_MODE (tem) != BLKmode
2257 && Is_By_Reference_Type (gnat_entity))
2258 SET_TYPE_MODE (tem, BLKmode);
2261 /* If an alignment is specified, use it if valid. But ignore it
2262 for the original type of packed array types. If the alignment
2263 was requested with an explicit alignment clause, state so. */
2264 if (No (Packed_Array_Type (gnat_entity))
2265 && Known_Alignment (gnat_entity))
2268 = validate_alignment (Alignment (gnat_entity), gnat_entity,
2270 if (Present (Alignment_Clause (gnat_entity)))
2271 TYPE_USER_ALIGN (tem) = 1;
2274 TYPE_CONVENTION_FORTRAN_P (tem) = convention_fortran_p;
2276 /* Adjust the type of the pointer-to-array field of the fat pointer
2277 and record the aliasing relationships if necessary. */
2278 TREE_TYPE (TYPE_FIELDS (gnu_fat_type)) = build_pointer_type (tem);
2279 if (TYPE_ALIAS_SET_KNOWN_P (gnu_fat_type))
2280 record_component_aliases (gnu_fat_type);
2282 /* The result type is an UNCONSTRAINED_ARRAY_TYPE that indicates the
2283 corresponding fat pointer. */
2284 TREE_TYPE (gnu_type) = gnu_fat_type;
2285 TYPE_POINTER_TO (gnu_type) = gnu_fat_type;
2286 TYPE_REFERENCE_TO (gnu_type) = gnu_fat_type;
2287 SET_TYPE_MODE (gnu_type, BLKmode);
2288 TYPE_ALIGN (gnu_type) = TYPE_ALIGN (tem);
2290 /* If the maximum size doesn't overflow, use it. */
2292 && TREE_CODE (gnu_max_size) == INTEGER_CST
2293 && !TREE_OVERFLOW (gnu_max_size)
2294 && TREE_CODE (gnu_max_size_unit) == INTEGER_CST
2295 && !TREE_OVERFLOW (gnu_max_size_unit))
2297 TYPE_SIZE (tem) = size_binop (MIN_EXPR, gnu_max_size,
2299 TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (tem) = size_binop (MIN_EXPR, gnu_max_size_unit,
2300 TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (tem));
2303 create_type_decl (create_concat_name (gnat_entity, "XUA"),
2304 tem, NULL, !Comes_From_Source (gnat_entity),
2305 debug_info_p, gnat_entity);
2307 /* Give the fat pointer type a name. If this is a packed type, tell
2308 the debugger how to interpret the underlying bits. */
2309 if (Present (Packed_Array_Type (gnat_entity)))
2310 gnat_name = Packed_Array_Type (gnat_entity);
2312 gnat_name = gnat_entity;
2313 create_type_decl (create_concat_name (gnat_name, "XUP"),
2314 gnu_fat_type, NULL, !Comes_From_Source (gnat_entity),
2315 debug_info_p, gnat_entity);
2317 /* Create the type to be designated by thin pointers: a record type for
2318 the array and its template. We used to shift the fields to have the
2319 template at a negative offset, but this was somewhat of a kludge; we
2320 now shift thin pointer values explicitly but only those which have a
2321 TYPE_UNCONSTRAINED_ARRAY attached to the designated RECORD_TYPE. */
2322 tem = build_unc_object_type (gnu_template_type, tem,
2323 create_concat_name (gnat_name, "XUT"),
2326 SET_TYPE_UNCONSTRAINED_ARRAY (tem, gnu_type);
2327 TYPE_OBJECT_RECORD_TYPE (gnu_type) = tem;
2331 case E_String_Subtype:
2332 case E_Array_Subtype:
2334 /* This is the actual data type for array variables. Multidimensional
2335 arrays are implemented as arrays of arrays. Note that arrays which
2336 have sparse enumeration subtypes as index components create sparse
2337 arrays, which is obviously space inefficient but so much easier to
2340 Also note that the subtype never refers to the unconstrained array
2341 type, which is somewhat at variance with Ada semantics.
2343 First check to see if this is simply a renaming of the array type.
2344 If so, the result is the array type. */
2346 gnu_type = gnat_to_gnu_type (Etype (gnat_entity));
2347 if (!Is_Constrained (gnat_entity))
2351 Entity_Id gnat_index, gnat_base_index;
2352 const bool convention_fortran_p
2353 = (Convention (gnat_entity) == Convention_Fortran);
2354 const int ndim = Number_Dimensions (gnat_entity);
2355 tree gnu_base_type = gnu_type;
2356 tree *gnu_index_types = XALLOCAVEC (tree, ndim);
2357 tree gnu_max_size = size_one_node, gnu_max_size_unit;
2358 bool need_index_type_struct = false;
2361 /* First create the GCC type for each index and find out whether
2362 special types are needed for debugging information. */
2363 for (index = (convention_fortran_p ? ndim - 1 : 0),
2364 gnat_index = First_Index (gnat_entity),
2366 = First_Index (Implementation_Base_Type (gnat_entity));
2367 0 <= index && index < ndim;
2368 index += (convention_fortran_p ? - 1 : 1),
2369 gnat_index = Next_Index (gnat_index),
2370 gnat_base_index = Next_Index (gnat_base_index))
2372 tree gnu_index_type = get_unpadded_type (Etype (gnat_index));
2373 tree gnu_orig_min = TYPE_MIN_VALUE (gnu_index_type);
2374 tree gnu_orig_max = TYPE_MAX_VALUE (gnu_index_type);
2375 tree gnu_min = convert (sizetype, gnu_orig_min);
2376 tree gnu_max = convert (sizetype, gnu_orig_max);
2377 tree gnu_base_index_type
2378 = get_unpadded_type (Etype (gnat_base_index));
2379 tree gnu_base_orig_min = TYPE_MIN_VALUE (gnu_base_index_type);
2380 tree gnu_base_orig_max = TYPE_MAX_VALUE (gnu_base_index_type);
2383 /* See if the base array type is already flat. If it is, we
2384 are probably compiling an ACATS test but it will cause the
2385 code below to malfunction if we don't handle it specially. */
2386 if (TREE_CODE (gnu_base_orig_min) == INTEGER_CST
2387 && TREE_CODE (gnu_base_orig_max) == INTEGER_CST
2388 && tree_int_cst_lt (gnu_base_orig_max, gnu_base_orig_min))
2390 gnu_min = size_one_node;
2391 gnu_max = size_zero_node;
2395 /* Similarly, if one of the values overflows in sizetype and the
2396 range is null, use 1..0 for the sizetype bounds. */
2397 else if (TREE_CODE (gnu_min) == INTEGER_CST
2398 && TREE_CODE (gnu_max) == INTEGER_CST
2399 && (TREE_OVERFLOW (gnu_min) || TREE_OVERFLOW (gnu_max))
2400 && tree_int_cst_lt (gnu_orig_max, gnu_orig_min))
2402 gnu_min = size_one_node;
2403 gnu_max = size_zero_node;
2407 /* If the minimum and maximum values both overflow in sizetype,
2408 but the difference in the original type does not overflow in
2409 sizetype, ignore the overflow indication. */
2410 else if (TREE_CODE (gnu_min) == INTEGER_CST
2411 && TREE_CODE (gnu_max) == INTEGER_CST
2412 && TREE_OVERFLOW (gnu_min) && TREE_OVERFLOW (gnu_max)
2415 fold_build2 (MINUS_EXPR, gnu_index_type,
2419 TREE_OVERFLOW (gnu_min) = 0;
2420 TREE_OVERFLOW (gnu_max) = 0;
2424 /* Compute the size of this dimension in the general case. We
2425 need to provide GCC with an upper bound to use but have to
2426 deal with the "superflat" case. There are three ways to do
2427 this. If we can prove that the array can never be superflat,
2428 we can just use the high bound of the index type. */
2429 else if ((Nkind (gnat_index) == N_Range
2430 && cannot_be_superflat_p (gnat_index))
2431 /* Packed Array Types are never superflat. */
2432 || Is_Packed_Array_Type (gnat_entity))
2435 /* Otherwise, if the high bound is constant but the low bound is
2436 not, we use the expression (hb >= lb) ? lb : hb + 1 for the
2437 lower bound. Note that the comparison must be done in the
2438 original type to avoid any overflow during the conversion. */
2439 else if (TREE_CODE (gnu_max) == INTEGER_CST
2440 && TREE_CODE (gnu_min) != INTEGER_CST)
2444 = build_cond_expr (sizetype,
2445 build_binary_op (GE_EXPR,
2450 size_binop (PLUS_EXPR, gnu_max,
2454 /* Finally we use (hb >= lb) ? hb : lb - 1 for the upper bound
2455 in all the other cases. Note that, here as well as above,
2456 the condition used in the comparison must be equivalent to
2457 the condition (length != 0). This is relied upon in order
2458 to optimize array comparisons in compare_arrays. */
2461 = build_cond_expr (sizetype,
2462 build_binary_op (GE_EXPR,
2467 size_binop (MINUS_EXPR, gnu_min,
2470 /* Reuse the index type for the range type. Then make an index
2471 type with the size range in sizetype. */
2472 gnu_index_types[index]
2473 = create_index_type (gnu_min, gnu_high, gnu_index_type,
2476 /* Update the maximum size of the array in elements. Here we
2477 see if any constraint on the index type of the base type
2478 can be used in the case of self-referential bound on the
2479 index type of the subtype. We look for a non-"infinite"
2480 and non-self-referential bound from any type involved and
2481 handle each bound separately. */
2484 tree gnu_base_min = convert (sizetype, gnu_base_orig_min);
2485 tree gnu_base_max = convert (sizetype, gnu_base_orig_max);
2486 tree gnu_base_index_base_type
2487 = get_base_type (gnu_base_index_type);
2488 tree gnu_base_base_min
2489 = convert (sizetype,
2490 TYPE_MIN_VALUE (gnu_base_index_base_type));
2491 tree gnu_base_base_max
2492 = convert (sizetype,
2493 TYPE_MAX_VALUE (gnu_base_index_base_type));
2495 if (!CONTAINS_PLACEHOLDER_P (gnu_min)
2496 || !(TREE_CODE (gnu_base_min) == INTEGER_CST
2497 && !TREE_OVERFLOW (gnu_base_min)))
2498 gnu_base_min = gnu_min;
2500 if (!CONTAINS_PLACEHOLDER_P (gnu_max)
2501 || !(TREE_CODE (gnu_base_max) == INTEGER_CST
2502 && !TREE_OVERFLOW (gnu_base_max)))
2503 gnu_base_max = gnu_max;
2505 if ((TREE_CODE (gnu_base_min) == INTEGER_CST
2506 && TREE_OVERFLOW (gnu_base_min))
2507 || operand_equal_p (gnu_base_min, gnu_base_base_min, 0)
2508 || (TREE_CODE (gnu_base_max) == INTEGER_CST
2509 && TREE_OVERFLOW (gnu_base_max))
2510 || operand_equal_p (gnu_base_max, gnu_base_base_max, 0))
2511 gnu_max_size = NULL_TREE;
2515 = size_binop (MAX_EXPR,
2516 size_binop (PLUS_EXPR, size_one_node,
2517 size_binop (MINUS_EXPR,
2522 if (TREE_CODE (gnu_this_max) == INTEGER_CST
2523 && TREE_OVERFLOW (gnu_this_max))
2524 gnu_max_size = NULL_TREE;
2527 = size_binop (MULT_EXPR, gnu_max_size, gnu_this_max);
2531 /* We need special types for debugging information to point to
2532 the index types if they have variable bounds, are not integer
2533 types, are biased or are wider than sizetype. */
2534 if (!integer_onep (gnu_orig_min)
2535 || TREE_CODE (gnu_orig_max) != INTEGER_CST
2536 || TREE_CODE (gnu_index_type) != INTEGER_TYPE
2537 || (TREE_TYPE (gnu_index_type)
2538 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (gnu_index_type))
2540 || TYPE_BIASED_REPRESENTATION_P (gnu_index_type)
2541 || compare_tree_int (rm_size (gnu_index_type),
2542 TYPE_PRECISION (sizetype)) > 0)
2543 need_index_type_struct = true;
2546 /* Then flatten: create the array of arrays. For an array type
2547 used to implement a packed array, get the component type from
2548 the original array type since the representation clauses that
2549 can affect it are on the latter. */
2550 if (Is_Packed_Array_Type (gnat_entity)
2551 && !Is_Bit_Packed_Array (Original_Array_Type (gnat_entity)))
2553 gnu_type = gnat_to_gnu_type (Original_Array_Type (gnat_entity));
2554 for (index = ndim - 1; index >= 0; index--)
2555 gnu_type = TREE_TYPE (gnu_type);
2557 /* One of the above calls might have caused us to be elaborated,
2558 so don't blow up if so. */
2559 if (present_gnu_tree (gnat_entity))
2561 maybe_present = true;
2567 gnu_type = gnat_to_gnu_component_type (gnat_entity, definition,
2570 /* One of the above calls might have caused us to be elaborated,
2571 so don't blow up if so. */
2572 if (present_gnu_tree (gnat_entity))
2574 maybe_present = true;
2579 /* Compute the maximum size of the array in units and bits. */
2582 gnu_max_size_unit = size_binop (MULT_EXPR, gnu_max_size,
2583 TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (gnu_type));
2584 gnu_max_size = size_binop (MULT_EXPR,
2585 convert (bitsizetype, gnu_max_size),
2586 TYPE_SIZE (gnu_type));
2589 gnu_max_size_unit = NULL_TREE;
2591 /* Now build the array type. */
2592 for (index = ndim - 1; index >= 0; index --)
2594 gnu_type = build_nonshared_array_type (gnu_type,
2595 gnu_index_types[index]);
2596 TYPE_MULTI_ARRAY_P (gnu_type) = (index > 0);
2597 if (array_type_has_nonaliased_component (gnu_type, gnat_entity))
2598 TYPE_NONALIASED_COMPONENT (gnu_type) = 1;
2600 /* See the E_Array_Type case for the rationale. */
2601 if (TYPE_MODE (gnu_type) != BLKmode
2602 && Is_By_Reference_Type (gnat_entity))
2603 SET_TYPE_MODE (gnu_type, BLKmode);
2606 /* Attach the TYPE_STUB_DECL in case we have a parallel type. */
2607 TYPE_STUB_DECL (gnu_type)
2608 = create_type_stub_decl (gnu_entity_name, gnu_type);
2610 /* If we are at file level and this is a multi-dimensional array,
2611 we need to make a variable corresponding to the stride of the
2612 inner dimensions. */
2613 if (global_bindings_p () && ndim > 1)
2615 tree gnu_st_name = get_identifier ("ST");
2618 for (gnu_arr_type = TREE_TYPE (gnu_type);
2619 TREE_CODE (gnu_arr_type) == ARRAY_TYPE;
2620 gnu_arr_type = TREE_TYPE (gnu_arr_type),
2621 gnu_st_name = concat_name (gnu_st_name, "ST"))
2623 tree eltype = TREE_TYPE (gnu_arr_type);
2625 TYPE_SIZE (gnu_arr_type)
2626 = elaborate_expression_1 (TYPE_SIZE (gnu_arr_type),
2627 gnat_entity, gnu_st_name,
2630 /* ??? For now, store the size as a multiple of the
2631 alignment of the element type in bytes so that we
2632 can see the alignment from the tree. */
2633 TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (gnu_arr_type)
2634 = elaborate_expression_2 (TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (gnu_arr_type),
2636 concat_name (gnu_st_name, "A_U"),
2638 TYPE_ALIGN (eltype));
2640 /* ??? create_type_decl is not invoked on the inner types so
2641 the MULT_EXPR node built above will never be marked. */
2642 MARK_VISITED (TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (gnu_arr_type));
2646 /* If we need to write out a record type giving the names of the
2647 bounds for debugging purposes, do it now and make the record
2648 type a parallel type. This is not needed for a packed array
2649 since the bounds are conveyed by the original array type. */
2650 if (need_index_type_struct
2652 && !Is_Packed_Array_Type (gnat_entity))
2654 tree gnu_bound_rec = make_node (RECORD_TYPE);
2655 tree gnu_field_list = NULL_TREE;
2658 TYPE_NAME (gnu_bound_rec)
2659 = create_concat_name (gnat_entity, "XA");
2661 for (index = ndim - 1; index >= 0; index--)
2663 tree gnu_index = TYPE_INDEX_TYPE (gnu_index_types[index]);
2664 tree gnu_index_name = TYPE_NAME (gnu_index);
2666 if (TREE_CODE (gnu_index_name) == TYPE_DECL)
2667 gnu_index_name = DECL_NAME (gnu_index_name);
2669 /* Make sure to reference the types themselves, and not just
2670 their names, as the debugger may fall back on them. */
2671 gnu_field = create_field_decl (gnu_index_name, gnu_index,
2672 gnu_bound_rec, NULL_TREE,
2674 DECL_CHAIN (gnu_field) = gnu_field_list;
2675 gnu_field_list = gnu_field;
2678 finish_record_type (gnu_bound_rec, gnu_field_list, 0, true);
2679 add_parallel_type (gnu_type, gnu_bound_rec);
2682 /* If this is a packed array type, make the original array type a
2683 parallel type. Otherwise, do it for the base array type if it
2684 isn't artificial to make sure it is kept in the debug info. */
2687 if (Is_Packed_Array_Type (gnat_entity)
2688 && present_gnu_tree (Original_Array_Type (gnat_entity)))
2689 add_parallel_type (gnu_type,
2691 (Original_Array_Type (gnat_entity)));
2695 = gnat_to_gnu_entity (Etype (gnat_entity), NULL_TREE, 0);
2696 if (!DECL_ARTIFICIAL (gnu_base_decl))
2697 add_parallel_type (gnu_type,
2698 TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (gnu_base_decl)));
2702 TYPE_CONVENTION_FORTRAN_P (gnu_type) = convention_fortran_p;
2703 TYPE_PACKED_ARRAY_TYPE_P (gnu_type)
2704 = (Is_Packed_Array_Type (gnat_entity)
2705 && Is_Bit_Packed_Array (Original_Array_Type (gnat_entity)));
2707 /* If the size is self-referential and the maximum size doesn't
2708 overflow, use it. */
2709 if (CONTAINS_PLACEHOLDER_P (TYPE_SIZE (gnu_type))
2711 && !(TREE_CODE (gnu_max_size) == INTEGER_CST
2712 && TREE_OVERFLOW (gnu_max_size))
2713 && !(TREE_CODE (gnu_max_size_unit) == INTEGER_CST
2714 && TREE_OVERFLOW (gnu_max_size_unit)))
2716 TYPE_SIZE (gnu_type) = size_binop (MIN_EXPR, gnu_max_size,
2717 TYPE_SIZE (gnu_type));
2718 TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (gnu_type)
2719 = size_binop (MIN_EXPR, gnu_max_size_unit,
2720 TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (gnu_type));
2723 /* Set our alias set to that of our base type. This gives all
2724 array subtypes the same alias set. */
2725 relate_alias_sets (gnu_type, gnu_base_type, ALIAS_SET_COPY);
2727 /* If this is a packed type, make this type the same as the packed
2728 array type, but do some adjusting in the type first. */
2729 if (Present (Packed_Array_Type (gnat_entity)))
2731 Entity_Id gnat_index;
2734 /* First finish the type we had been making so that we output
2735 debugging information for it. */
2736 if (Treat_As_Volatile (gnat_entity))
2738 = build_qualified_type (gnu_type,
2739 TYPE_QUALS (gnu_type)
2740 | TYPE_QUAL_VOLATILE);
2742 /* Make it artificial only if the base type was artificial too.
2743 That's sort of "morally" true and will make it possible for
2744 the debugger to look it up by name in DWARF, which is needed
2745 in order to decode the packed array type. */
2747 = create_type_decl (gnu_entity_name, gnu_type, attr_list,
2748 !Comes_From_Source (Etype (gnat_entity))
2749 && !Comes_From_Source (gnat_entity),
2750 debug_info_p, gnat_entity);
2752 /* Save it as our equivalent in case the call below elaborates
2754 save_gnu_tree (gnat_entity, gnu_decl, false);
2756 gnu_decl = gnat_to_gnu_entity (Packed_Array_Type (gnat_entity),
2758 this_made_decl = true;
2759 gnu_type = TREE_TYPE (gnu_decl);
2760 save_gnu_tree (gnat_entity, NULL_TREE, false);
2762 gnu_inner = gnu_type;
2763 while (TREE_CODE (gnu_inner) == RECORD_TYPE
2764 && (TYPE_JUSTIFIED_MODULAR_P (gnu_inner)
2765 || TYPE_PADDING_P (gnu_inner)))
2766 gnu_inner = TREE_TYPE (TYPE_FIELDS (gnu_inner));
2768 /* We need to attach the index type to the type we just made so
2769 that the actual bounds can later be put into a template. */
2770 if ((TREE_CODE (gnu_inner) == ARRAY_TYPE
2771 && !TYPE_ACTUAL_BOUNDS (gnu_inner))
2772 || (TREE_CODE (gnu_inner) == INTEGER_TYPE
2773 && !TYPE_HAS_ACTUAL_BOUNDS_P (gnu_inner)))
2775 if (TREE_CODE (gnu_inner) == INTEGER_TYPE)
2777 /* The TYPE_ACTUAL_BOUNDS field is overloaded with the
2778 TYPE_MODULUS for modular types so we make an extra
2779 subtype if necessary. */
2780 if (TYPE_MODULAR_P (gnu_inner))
2783 = make_unsigned_type (TYPE_PRECISION (gnu_inner));
2784 TREE_TYPE (gnu_subtype) = gnu_inner;
2785 TYPE_EXTRA_SUBTYPE_P (gnu_subtype) = 1;
2786 SET_TYPE_RM_MIN_VALUE (gnu_subtype,
2787 TYPE_MIN_VALUE (gnu_inner));
2788 SET_TYPE_RM_MAX_VALUE (gnu_subtype,
2789 TYPE_MAX_VALUE (gnu_inner));
2790 gnu_inner = gnu_subtype;
2793 TYPE_HAS_ACTUAL_BOUNDS_P (gnu_inner) = 1;
2795 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
2796 /* Check for other cases of overloading. */
2797 gcc_assert (!TYPE_ACTUAL_BOUNDS (gnu_inner));
2801 for (gnat_index = First_Index (gnat_entity);
2802 Present (gnat_index);
2803 gnat_index = Next_Index (gnat_index))
2804 SET_TYPE_ACTUAL_BOUNDS
2806 tree_cons (NULL_TREE,
2807 get_unpadded_type (Etype (gnat_index)),
2808 TYPE_ACTUAL_BOUNDS (gnu_inner)));
2810 if (Convention (gnat_entity) != Convention_Fortran)
2811 SET_TYPE_ACTUAL_BOUNDS
2812 (gnu_inner, nreverse (TYPE_ACTUAL_BOUNDS (gnu_inner)));
2814 if (TREE_CODE (gnu_type) == RECORD_TYPE
2815 && TYPE_JUSTIFIED_MODULAR_P (gnu_type))
2816 TREE_TYPE (TYPE_FIELDS (gnu_type)) = gnu_inner;
2821 /* Abort if packed array with no Packed_Array_Type field set. */
2822 gcc_assert (!Is_Packed (gnat_entity));
2826 case E_String_Literal_Subtype:
2827 /* Create the type for a string literal. */
2829 Entity_Id gnat_full_type
2830 = (IN (Ekind (Etype (gnat_entity)), Private_Kind)
2831 && Present (Full_View (Etype (gnat_entity)))
2832 ? Full_View (Etype (gnat_entity)) : Etype (gnat_entity));
2833 tree gnu_string_type = get_unpadded_type (gnat_full_type);
2834 tree gnu_string_array_type
2835 = TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (TYPE_FIELDS (TREE_TYPE (gnu_string_type))));
2836 tree gnu_string_index_type
2837 = get_base_type (TREE_TYPE (TYPE_INDEX_TYPE
2838 (TYPE_DOMAIN (gnu_string_array_type))));
2839 tree gnu_lower_bound
2840 = convert (gnu_string_index_type,
2841 gnat_to_gnu (String_Literal_Low_Bound (gnat_entity)));
2843 = UI_To_gnu (String_Literal_Length (gnat_entity),
2844 gnu_string_index_type);
2845 tree gnu_upper_bound
2846 = build_binary_op (PLUS_EXPR, gnu_string_index_type,
2848 int_const_binop (MINUS_EXPR, gnu_length,
2851 = create_index_type (convert (sizetype, gnu_lower_bound),
2852 convert (sizetype, gnu_upper_bound),
2853 create_range_type (gnu_string_index_type,
2859 = build_nonshared_array_type (gnat_to_gnu_type
2860 (Component_Type (gnat_entity)),
2862 if (array_type_has_nonaliased_component (gnu_type, gnat_entity))
2863 TYPE_NONALIASED_COMPONENT (gnu_type) = 1;
2864 relate_alias_sets (gnu_type, gnu_string_type, ALIAS_SET_COPY);
2868 /* Record Types and Subtypes
2870 The following fields are defined on record types:
2872 Has_Discriminants True if the record has discriminants
2873 First_Discriminant Points to head of list of discriminants
2874 First_Entity Points to head of list of fields
2875 Is_Tagged_Type True if the record is tagged
2877 Implementation of Ada records and discriminated records:
2879 A record type definition is transformed into the equivalent of a C
2880 struct definition. The fields that are the discriminants which are
2881 found in the Full_Type_Declaration node and the elements of the
2882 Component_List found in the Record_Type_Definition node. The
2883 Component_List can be a recursive structure since each Variant of
2884 the Variant_Part of the Component_List has a Component_List.
2886 Processing of a record type definition comprises starting the list of
2887 field declarations here from the discriminants and the calling the
2888 function components_to_record to add the rest of the fields from the
2889 component list and return the gnu type node. The function
2890 components_to_record will call itself recursively as it traverses
2894 if (Has_Complex_Representation (gnat_entity))
2897 = build_complex_type
2899 (Etype (Defining_Entity
2900 (First (Component_Items
2903 (Declaration_Node (gnat_entity)))))))));
2909 Node_Id full_definition = Declaration_Node (gnat_entity);
2910 Node_Id record_definition = Type_Definition (full_definition);
2911 Node_Id gnat_constr;
2912 Entity_Id gnat_field;
2913 tree gnu_field, gnu_field_list = NULL_TREE;
2914 tree gnu_get_parent;
2915 /* Set PACKED in keeping with gnat_to_gnu_field. */
2917 = Is_Packed (gnat_entity)
2919 : Component_Alignment (gnat_entity) == Calign_Storage_Unit
2921 : (Known_Alignment (gnat_entity)
2922 || (Strict_Alignment (gnat_entity)
2923 && Known_RM_Size (gnat_entity)))
2926 const bool has_discr = Has_Discriminants (gnat_entity);
2927 const bool has_rep = Has_Specified_Layout (gnat_entity);
2928 const bool is_extension
2929 = (Is_Tagged_Type (gnat_entity)
2930 && Nkind (record_definition) == N_Derived_Type_Definition);
2931 const bool is_unchecked_union = Is_Unchecked_Union (gnat_entity);
2932 bool all_rep = has_rep;
2934 /* See if all fields have a rep clause. Stop when we find one
2937 for (gnat_field = First_Entity (gnat_entity);
2938 Present (gnat_field);
2939 gnat_field = Next_Entity (gnat_field))
2940 if ((Ekind (gnat_field) == E_Component
2941 || Ekind (gnat_field) == E_Discriminant)
2942 && No (Component_Clause (gnat_field)))
2948 /* If this is a record extension, go a level further to find the
2949 record definition. Also, verify we have a Parent_Subtype. */
2952 if (!type_annotate_only
2953 || Present (Record_Extension_Part (record_definition)))
2954 record_definition = Record_Extension_Part (record_definition);
2956 gcc_assert (type_annotate_only
2957 || Present (Parent_Subtype (gnat_entity)));
2960 /* Make a node for the record. If we are not defining the record,
2961 suppress expanding incomplete types. */
2962 gnu_type = make_node (tree_code_for_record_type (gnat_entity));
2963 TYPE_NAME (gnu_type) = gnu_entity_name;
2964 TYPE_PACKED (gnu_type) = (packed != 0) || has_rep;
2965 if (Reverse_Storage_Order (gnat_entity))
2966 sorry ("non-default Scalar_Storage_Order");
2970 defer_incomplete_level++;
2971 this_deferred = true;
2974 /* If both a size and rep clause was specified, put the size in
2975 the record type now so that it can get the proper mode. */
2976 if (has_rep && Known_RM_Size (gnat_entity))
2977 TYPE_SIZE (gnu_type)
2978 = UI_To_gnu (RM_Size (gnat_entity), bitsizetype);
2980 /* Always set the alignment here so that it can be used to
2981 set the mode, if it is making the alignment stricter. If
2982 it is invalid, it will be checked again below. If this is to
2983 be Atomic, choose a default alignment of a word unless we know
2984 the size and it's smaller. */
2985 if (Known_Alignment (gnat_entity))
2986 TYPE_ALIGN (gnu_type)
2987 = validate_alignment (Alignment (gnat_entity), gnat_entity, 0);
2988 else if (Is_Atomic (gnat_entity) && Known_Esize (gnat_entity))
2990 unsigned int size = UI_To_Int (Esize (gnat_entity));
2991 TYPE_ALIGN (gnu_type)
2992 = size >= BITS_PER_WORD ? BITS_PER_WORD : ceil_pow2 (size);
2994 /* If a type needs strict alignment, the minimum size will be the
2995 type size instead of the RM size (see validate_size). Cap the
2996 alignment, lest it causes this type size to become too large. */
2997 else if (Strict_Alignment (gnat_entity) && Known_RM_Size (gnat_entity))
2999 unsigned int raw_size = UI_To_Int (RM_Size (gnat_entity));
3000 unsigned int raw_align = raw_size & -raw_size;
3001 if (raw_align < BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT)
3002 TYPE_ALIGN (gnu_type) = raw_align;
3005 TYPE_ALIGN (gnu_type) = 0;
3007 /* If we have a Parent_Subtype, make a field for the parent. If
3008 this record has rep clauses, force the position to zero. */
3009 if (Present (Parent_Subtype (gnat_entity)))
3011 Entity_Id gnat_parent = Parent_Subtype (gnat_entity);
3012 tree gnu_dummy_parent_type = make_node (RECORD_TYPE);
3015 /* A major complexity here is that the parent subtype will
3016 reference our discriminants in its Stored_Constraint list.
3017 But those must reference the parent component of this record
3018 which is precisely of the parent subtype we have not built yet!
3019 To break the circle we first build a dummy COMPONENT_REF which
3020 represents the "get to the parent" operation and initialize
3021 each of those discriminants to a COMPONENT_REF of the above
3022 dummy parent referencing the corresponding discriminant of the
3023 base type of the parent subtype. */
3024 gnu_get_parent = build3 (COMPONENT_REF, gnu_dummy_parent_type,
3025 build0 (PLACEHOLDER_EXPR, gnu_type),
3026 build_decl (input_location,
3027 FIELD_DECL, NULL_TREE,
3028 gnu_dummy_parent_type),
3032 for (gnat_field = First_Stored_Discriminant (gnat_entity);
3033 Present (gnat_field);
3034 gnat_field = Next_Stored_Discriminant (gnat_field))
3035 if (Present (Corresponding_Discriminant (gnat_field)))
3038 = gnat_to_gnu_field_decl (Corresponding_Discriminant
3042 build3 (COMPONENT_REF, TREE_TYPE (gnu_field),
3043 gnu_get_parent, gnu_field, NULL_TREE),
3047 /* Then we build the parent subtype. If it has discriminants but
3048 the type itself has unknown discriminants, this means that it
3049 doesn't contain information about how the discriminants are
3050 derived from those of the ancestor type, so it cannot be used
3051 directly. Instead it is built by cloning the parent subtype
3052 of the underlying record view of the type, for which the above
3053 derivation of discriminants has been made explicit. */
3054 if (Has_Discriminants (gnat_parent)
3055 && Has_Unknown_Discriminants (gnat_entity))
3057 Entity_Id gnat_uview = Underlying_Record_View (gnat_entity);
3059 /* If we are defining the type, the underlying record
3060 view must already have been elaborated at this point.
3061 Otherwise do it now as its parent subtype cannot be
3062 technically elaborated on its own. */
3064 gcc_assert (present_gnu_tree (gnat_uview));
3066 gnat_to_gnu_entity (gnat_uview, NULL_TREE, 0);
3068 gnu_parent = gnat_to_gnu_type (Parent_Subtype (gnat_uview));
3070 /* Substitute the "get to the parent" of the type for that
3071 of its underlying record view in the cloned type. */
3072 for (gnat_field = First_Stored_Discriminant (gnat_uview);
3073 Present (gnat_field);
3074 gnat_field = Next_Stored_Discriminant (gnat_field))
3075 if (Present (Corresponding_Discriminant (gnat_field)))
3077 tree gnu_field = gnat_to_gnu_field_decl (gnat_field);
3079 = build3 (COMPONENT_REF, TREE_TYPE (gnu_field),
3080 gnu_get_parent, gnu_field, NULL_TREE);
3082 = substitute_in_type (gnu_parent, gnu_field, gnu_ref);
3086 gnu_parent = gnat_to_gnu_type (gnat_parent);
3088 /* Finally we fix up both kinds of twisted COMPONENT_REF we have
3089 initially built. The discriminants must reference the fields
3090 of the parent subtype and not those of its base type for the
3091 placeholder machinery to properly work. */
3094 /* The actual parent subtype is the full view. */
3095 if (IN (Ekind (gnat_parent), Private_Kind))
3097 if (Present (Full_View (gnat_parent)))
3098 gnat_parent = Full_View (gnat_parent);
3100 gnat_parent = Underlying_Full_View (gnat_parent);
3103 for (gnat_field = First_Stored_Discriminant (gnat_entity);
3104 Present (gnat_field);
3105 gnat_field = Next_Stored_Discriminant (gnat_field))
3106 if (Present (Corresponding_Discriminant (gnat_field)))
3108 Entity_Id field = Empty;
3109 for (field = First_Stored_Discriminant (gnat_parent);
3111 field = Next_Stored_Discriminant (field))
3112 if (same_discriminant_p (gnat_field, field))
3114 gcc_assert (Present (field));
3115 TREE_OPERAND (get_gnu_tree (gnat_field), 1)
3116 = gnat_to_gnu_field_decl (field);
3120 /* The "get to the parent" COMPONENT_REF must be given its
3122 TREE_TYPE (gnu_get_parent) = gnu_parent;
3124 /* ...and reference the _Parent field of this record. */
3126 = create_field_decl (parent_name_id,
3127 gnu_parent, gnu_type,
3129 ? TYPE_SIZE (gnu_parent) : NULL_TREE,
3131 ? bitsize_zero_node : NULL_TREE,
3133 DECL_INTERNAL_P (gnu_field) = 1;
3134 TREE_OPERAND (gnu_get_parent, 1) = gnu_field;
3135 TYPE_FIELDS (gnu_type) = gnu_field;
3138 /* Make the fields for the discriminants and put them into the record
3139 unless it's an Unchecked_Union. */
3141 for (gnat_field = First_Stored_Discriminant (gnat_entity);
3142 Present (gnat_field);
3143 gnat_field = Next_Stored_Discriminant (gnat_field))
3145 /* If this is a record extension and this discriminant is the
3146 renaming of another discriminant, we've handled it above. */
3147 if (Present (Parent_Subtype (gnat_entity))
3148 && Present (Corresponding_Discriminant (gnat_field)))
3152 = gnat_to_gnu_field (gnat_field, gnu_type, packed, definition,
3155 /* Make an expression using a PLACEHOLDER_EXPR from the
3156 FIELD_DECL node just created and link that with the
3157 corresponding GNAT defining identifier. */
3158 save_gnu_tree (gnat_field,
3159 build3 (COMPONENT_REF, TREE_TYPE (gnu_field),
3160 build0 (PLACEHOLDER_EXPR, gnu_type),
3161 gnu_field, NULL_TREE),
3164 if (!is_unchecked_union)
3166 DECL_CHAIN (gnu_field) = gnu_field_list;
3167 gnu_field_list = gnu_field;
3171 /* If we have a derived untagged type that renames discriminants in
3172 the root type, the (stored) discriminants are a just copy of the
3173 discriminants of the root type. This means that any constraints
3174 added by the renaming in the derivation are disregarded as far
3175 as the layout of the derived type is concerned. To rescue them,
3176 we change the type of the (stored) discriminants to a subtype
3177 with the bounds of the type of the visible discriminants. */
3180 && Stored_Constraint (gnat_entity) != No_Elist)
3181 for (gnat_constr = First_Elmt (Stored_Constraint (gnat_entity));
3182 gnat_constr != No_Elmt;
3183 gnat_constr = Next_Elmt (gnat_constr))
3184 if (Nkind (Node (gnat_constr)) == N_Identifier
3185 /* Ignore access discriminants. */
3186 && !Is_Access_Type (Etype (Node (gnat_constr)))
3187 && Ekind (Entity (Node (gnat_constr))) == E_Discriminant)
3189 Entity_Id gnat_discr = Entity (Node (gnat_constr));
3190 tree gnu_discr_type = gnat_to_gnu_type (Etype (gnat_discr));
3192 = gnat_to_gnu_entity (Original_Record_Component (gnat_discr),
3195 /* GNU_REF must be an expression using a PLACEHOLDER_EXPR built
3196 just above for one of the stored discriminants. */
3197 gcc_assert (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (gnu_ref, 0)) == gnu_type);
3199 if (gnu_discr_type != TREE_TYPE (gnu_ref))
3201 const unsigned prec = TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (gnu_ref));
3203 = TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (gnu_ref))
3204 ? make_unsigned_type (prec) : make_signed_type (prec);
3205 TREE_TYPE (gnu_subtype) = TREE_TYPE (gnu_ref);
3206 TYPE_EXTRA_SUBTYPE_P (gnu_subtype) = 1;
3207 SET_TYPE_RM_MIN_VALUE (gnu_subtype,
3208 TYPE_MIN_VALUE (gnu_discr_type));
3209 SET_TYPE_RM_MAX_VALUE (gnu_subtype,
3210 TYPE_MAX_VALUE (gnu_discr_type));
3212 = TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (gnu_ref, 1)) = gnu_subtype;
3216 /* Add the fields into the record type and finish it up. */
3217 components_to_record (gnu_type, Component_List (record_definition),
3218 gnu_field_list, packed, definition, false,
3219 all_rep, is_unchecked_union,
3220 !Comes_From_Source (gnat_entity), debug_info_p,
3221 false, OK_To_Reorder_Components (gnat_entity),
3222 all_rep ? NULL_TREE : bitsize_zero_node, NULL);
3224 /* If it is passed by reference, force BLKmode to ensure that objects
3225 of this type will always be put in memory. */
3226 if (TYPE_MODE (gnu_type) != BLKmode
3227 && Is_By_Reference_Type (gnat_entity))
3228 SET_TYPE_MODE (gnu_type, BLKmode);
3230 /* We used to remove the associations of the discriminants and _Parent
3231 for validity checking but we may need them if there's a Freeze_Node
3232 for a subtype used in this record. */
3233 TYPE_VOLATILE (gnu_type) = Treat_As_Volatile (gnat_entity);
3235 /* Fill in locations of fields. */
3236 annotate_rep (gnat_entity, gnu_type);
3238 /* If there are any entities in the chain corresponding to components
3239 that we did not elaborate, ensure we elaborate their types if they
3241 for (gnat_temp = First_Entity (gnat_entity);
3242 Present (gnat_temp);
3243 gnat_temp = Next_Entity (gnat_temp))
3244 if ((Ekind (gnat_temp) == E_Component
3245 || Ekind (gnat_temp) == E_Discriminant)
3246 && Is_Itype (Etype (gnat_temp))
3247 && !present_gnu_tree (gnat_temp))
3248 gnat_to_gnu_entity (Etype (gnat_temp), NULL_TREE, 0);
3250 /* If this is a record type associated with an exception definition,
3251 equate its fields to those of the standard exception type. This
3252 will make it possible to convert between them. */
3253 if (gnu_entity_name == exception_data_name_id)
3256 for (gnu_field = TYPE_FIELDS (gnu_type),
3257 gnu_std_field = TYPE_FIELDS (except_type_node);
3259 gnu_field = DECL_CHAIN (gnu_field),
3260 gnu_std_field = DECL_CHAIN (gnu_std_field))
3261 SET_DECL_ORIGINAL_FIELD_TO_FIELD (gnu_field, gnu_std_field);
3262 gcc_assert (!gnu_std_field);
3267 case E_Class_Wide_Subtype:
3268 /* If an equivalent type is present, that is what we should use.
3269 Otherwise, fall through to handle this like a record subtype
3270 since it may have constraints. */
3271 if (gnat_equiv_type != gnat_entity)
3273 gnu_decl = gnat_to_gnu_entity (gnat_equiv_type, NULL_TREE, 0);
3274 maybe_present = true;
3278 /* ... fall through ... */
3280 case E_Record_Subtype:
3281 /* If Cloned_Subtype is Present it means this record subtype has
3282 identical layout to that type or subtype and we should use
3283 that GCC type for this one. The front end guarantees that
3284 the component list is shared. */
3285 if (Present (Cloned_Subtype (gnat_entity)))
3287 gnu_decl = gnat_to_gnu_entity (Cloned_Subtype (gnat_entity),
3289 maybe_present = true;
3293 /* Otherwise, first ensure the base type is elaborated. Then, if we are
3294 changing the type, make a new type with each field having the type of
3295 the field in the new subtype but the position computed by transforming
3296 every discriminant reference according to the constraints. We don't
3297 see any difference between private and non-private type here since
3298 derivations from types should have been deferred until the completion
3299 of the private type. */
3302 Entity_Id gnat_base_type = Implementation_Base_Type (gnat_entity);
3307 defer_incomplete_level++;
3308 this_deferred = true;
3311 gnu_base_type = gnat_to_gnu_type (gnat_base_type);
3313 if (present_gnu_tree (gnat_entity))
3315 maybe_present = true;
3319 /* If this is a record subtype associated with a dispatch table,
3320 strip the suffix. This is necessary to make sure 2 different
3321 subtypes associated with the imported and exported views of a
3322 dispatch table are properly merged in LTO mode. */
3323 if (Is_Dispatch_Table_Entity (gnat_entity))
3326 Get_Encoded_Name (gnat_entity);
3327 p = strchr (Name_Buffer, '_');
3329 strcpy (p+2, "dtS");
3330 gnu_entity_name = get_identifier (Name_Buffer);
3333 /* When the subtype has discriminants and these discriminants affect
3334 the initial shape it has inherited, factor them in. But for an
3335 Unchecked_Union (it must be an Itype), just return the type.
3336 We can't just test Is_Constrained because private subtypes without
3337 discriminants of types with discriminants with default expressions
3338 are Is_Constrained but aren't constrained! */
3339 if (IN (Ekind (gnat_base_type), Record_Kind)
3340 && !Is_Unchecked_Union (gnat_base_type)
3341 && !Is_For_Access_Subtype (gnat_entity)
3342 && Has_Discriminants (gnat_entity)
3343 && Is_Constrained (gnat_entity)
3344 && Stored_Constraint (gnat_entity) != No_Elist)
3346 vec<subst_pair> gnu_subst_list
3347 = build_subst_list (gnat_entity, gnat_base_type, definition);
3348 tree gnu_unpad_base_type, gnu_rep_part, gnu_variant_part, t;
3349 tree gnu_pos_list, gnu_field_list = NULL_TREE;
3350 bool selected_variant = false;
3351 Entity_Id gnat_field;
3352 vec<variant_desc> gnu_variant_list;
3354 gnu_type = make_node (RECORD_TYPE);
3355 TYPE_NAME (gnu_type) = gnu_entity_name;
3356 TYPE_PACKED (gnu_type) = TYPE_PACKED (gnu_base_type);
3358 /* Set the size, alignment and alias set of the new type to
3359 match that of the old one, doing required substitutions. */
3360 copy_and_substitute_in_size (gnu_type, gnu_base_type,
3363 if (TYPE_IS_PADDING_P (gnu_base_type))
3364 gnu_unpad_base_type = TREE_TYPE (TYPE_FIELDS (gnu_base_type));
3366 gnu_unpad_base_type = gnu_base_type;
3368 /* Look for a variant part in the base type. */
3369 gnu_variant_part = get_variant_part (gnu_unpad_base_type);
3371 /* If there is a variant part, we must compute whether the
3372 constraints statically select a particular variant. If
3373 so, we simply drop the qualified union and flatten the
3374 list of fields. Otherwise we'll build a new qualified
3375 union for the variants that are still relevant. */
3376 if (gnu_variant_part)
3382 = build_variant_list (TREE_TYPE (gnu_variant_part),
3386 /* If all the qualifiers are unconditionally true, the
3387 innermost variant is statically selected. */
3388 selected_variant = true;
3389 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (gnu_variant_list, i, v)
3390 if (!integer_onep (v->qual))
3392 selected_variant = false;
3396 /* Otherwise, create the new variants. */
3397 if (!selected_variant)
3398 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (gnu_variant_list, i, v)
3400 tree old_variant = v->type;
3401 tree new_variant = make_node (RECORD_TYPE);
3403 = concat_name (DECL_NAME (gnu_variant_part),
3405 (DECL_NAME (v->field)));
3406 TYPE_NAME (new_variant)
3407 = concat_name (TYPE_NAME (gnu_type),
3408 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (suffix));
3409 copy_and_substitute_in_size (new_variant, old_variant,
3411 v->new_type = new_variant;
3416 gnu_variant_list.create (0);
3417 selected_variant = false;
3421 = build_position_list (gnu_unpad_base_type,
3422 gnu_variant_list.exists ()
3423 && !selected_variant,
3424 size_zero_node, bitsize_zero_node,
3425 BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT, NULL_TREE);
3427 for (gnat_field = First_Entity (gnat_entity);
3428 Present (gnat_field);
3429 gnat_field = Next_Entity (gnat_field))
3430 if ((Ekind (gnat_field) == E_Component
3431 || Ekind (gnat_field) == E_Discriminant)
3432 && !(Present (Corresponding_Discriminant (gnat_field))
3433 && Is_Tagged_Type (gnat_base_type))
3434 && Underlying_Type (Scope (Original_Record_Component
3438 Name_Id gnat_name = Chars (gnat_field);
3439 Entity_Id gnat_old_field
3440 = Original_Record_Component (gnat_field);
3442 = gnat_to_gnu_field_decl (gnat_old_field);
3443 tree gnu_context = DECL_CONTEXT (gnu_old_field);
3444 tree gnu_field, gnu_field_type, gnu_size;
3445 tree gnu_cont_type, gnu_last = NULL_TREE;
3447 /* If the type is the same, retrieve the GCC type from the
3448 old field to take into account possible adjustments. */
3449 if (Etype (gnat_field) == Etype (gnat_old_field))
3450 gnu_field_type = TREE_TYPE (gnu_old_field);
3452 gnu_field_type = gnat_to_gnu_type (Etype (gnat_field));
3454 /* If there was a component clause, the field types must be
3455 the same for the type and subtype, so copy the data from
3456 the old field to avoid recomputation here. Also if the
3457 field is justified modular and the optimization in
3458 gnat_to_gnu_field was applied. */
3459 if (Present (Component_Clause (gnat_old_field))
3460 || (TREE_CODE (gnu_field_type) == RECORD_TYPE
3461 && TYPE_JUSTIFIED_MODULAR_P (gnu_field_type)
3462 && TREE_TYPE (TYPE_FIELDS (gnu_field_type))
3463 == TREE_TYPE (gnu_old_field)))
3465 gnu_size = DECL_SIZE (gnu_old_field);
3466 gnu_field_type = TREE_TYPE (gnu_old_field);
3469 /* If the old field was packed and of constant size, we
3470 have to get the old size here, as it might differ from
3471 what the Etype conveys and the latter might overlap
3472 onto the following field. Try to arrange the type for
3473 possible better packing along the way. */
3474 else if (DECL_PACKED (gnu_old_field)
3475 && TREE_CODE (DECL_SIZE (gnu_old_field))
3478 gnu_size = DECL_SIZE (gnu_old_field);
3479 if (RECORD_OR_UNION_TYPE_P (gnu_field_type)
3480 && !TYPE_FAT_POINTER_P (gnu_field_type)
3481 && host_integerp (TYPE_SIZE (gnu_field_type), 1))
3483 = make_packable_type (gnu_field_type, true);
3487 gnu_size = TYPE_SIZE (gnu_field_type);
3489 /* If the context of the old field is the base type or its
3490 REP part (if any), put the field directly in the new
3491 type; otherwise look up the context in the variant list
3492 and put the field either in the new type if there is a
3493 selected variant or in one of the new variants. */
3494 if (gnu_context == gnu_unpad_base_type
3495 || ((gnu_rep_part = get_rep_part (gnu_unpad_base_type))
3496 && gnu_context == TREE_TYPE (gnu_rep_part)))
3497 gnu_cont_type = gnu_type;
3504 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (gnu_variant_list, i, v)
3505 if (gnu_context == v->type
3506 || ((gnu_rep_part = get_rep_part (v->type))
3507 && gnu_context == TREE_TYPE (gnu_rep_part)))
3514 if (selected_variant)
3515 gnu_cont_type = gnu_type;
3517 gnu_cont_type = v->new_type;
3520 /* The front-end may pass us "ghost" components if
3521 it fails to recognize that a constrained subtype
3522 is statically constrained. Discard them. */
3526 /* Now create the new field modeled on the old one. */
3528 = create_field_decl_from (gnu_old_field, gnu_field_type,
3529 gnu_cont_type, gnu_size,
3530 gnu_pos_list, gnu_subst_list);
3532 /* Put it in one of the new variants directly. */
3533 if (gnu_cont_type != gnu_type)
3535 DECL_CHAIN (gnu_field) = TYPE_FIELDS (gnu_cont_type);
3536 TYPE_FIELDS (gnu_cont_type) = gnu_field;
3539 /* To match the layout crafted in components_to_record,
3540 if this is the _Tag or _Parent field, put it before
3541 any other fields. */
3542 else if (gnat_name == Name_uTag
3543 || gnat_name == Name_uParent)
3544 gnu_field_list = chainon (gnu_field_list, gnu_field);
3546 /* Similarly, if this is the _Controller field, put
3547 it before the other fields except for the _Tag or
3549 else if (gnat_name == Name_uController && gnu_last)
3551 DECL_CHAIN (gnu_field) = DECL_CHAIN (gnu_last);
3552 DECL_CHAIN (gnu_last) = gnu_field;
3555 /* Otherwise, if this is a regular field, put it after
3556 the other fields. */
3559 DECL_CHAIN (gnu_field) = gnu_field_list;
3560 gnu_field_list = gnu_field;
3562 gnu_last = gnu_field;
3565 save_gnu_tree (gnat_field, gnu_field, false);
3568 /* If there is a variant list and no selected variant, we need
3569 to create the nest of variant parts from the old nest. */
3570 if (gnu_variant_list.exists () && !selected_variant)
3572 tree new_variant_part
3573 = create_variant_part_from (gnu_variant_part,
3574 gnu_variant_list, gnu_type,
3575 gnu_pos_list, gnu_subst_list);
3576 DECL_CHAIN (new_variant_part) = gnu_field_list;
3577 gnu_field_list = new_variant_part;
3580 /* Now go through the entities again looking for Itypes that
3581 we have not elaborated but should (e.g., Etypes of fields
3582 that have Original_Components). */
3583 for (gnat_field = First_Entity (gnat_entity);
3584 Present (gnat_field); gnat_field = Next_Entity (gnat_field))
3585 if ((Ekind (gnat_field) == E_Discriminant
3586 || Ekind (gnat_field) == E_Component)
3587 && !present_gnu_tree (Etype (gnat_field)))
3588 gnat_to_gnu_entity (Etype (gnat_field), NULL_TREE, 0);
3590 /* Do not emit debug info for the type yet since we're going to
3592 finish_record_type (gnu_type, nreverse (gnu_field_list), 2,
3594 compute_record_mode (gnu_type);
3596 /* See the E_Record_Type case for the rationale. */
3597 if (TYPE_MODE (gnu_type) != BLKmode
3598 && Is_By_Reference_Type (gnat_entity))
3599 SET_TYPE_MODE (gnu_type, BLKmode);
3601 TYPE_VOLATILE (gnu_type) = Treat_As_Volatile (gnat_entity);
3603 /* Fill in locations of fields. */
3604 annotate_rep (gnat_entity, gnu_type);
3606 /* If debugging information is being written for the type, write
3607 a record that shows what we are a subtype of and also make a
3608 variable that indicates our size, if still variable. */
3611 tree gnu_subtype_marker = make_node (RECORD_TYPE);
3612 tree gnu_unpad_base_name = TYPE_NAME (gnu_unpad_base_type);
3613 tree gnu_size_unit = TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (gnu_type);
3615 if (TREE_CODE (gnu_unpad_base_name) == TYPE_DECL)
3616 gnu_unpad_base_name = DECL_NAME (gnu_unpad_base_name);
3618 TYPE_NAME (gnu_subtype_marker)
3619 = create_concat_name (gnat_entity, "XVS");
3620 finish_record_type (gnu_subtype_marker,
3621 create_field_decl (gnu_unpad_base_name,
3622 build_reference_type
3623 (gnu_unpad_base_type),
3625 NULL_TREE, NULL_TREE,
3629 add_parallel_type (gnu_type, gnu_subtype_marker);
3632 && TREE_CODE (gnu_size_unit) != INTEGER_CST
3633 && !CONTAINS_PLACEHOLDER_P (gnu_size_unit))
3634 TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (gnu_subtype_marker)
3635 = create_var_decl (create_concat_name (gnat_entity,
3637 NULL_TREE, sizetype, gnu_size_unit,
3638 false, false, false, false, NULL,
3642 gnu_variant_list.release ();
3643 gnu_subst_list.release ();
3645 /* Now we can finalize it. */
3646 rest_of_record_type_compilation (gnu_type);
3649 /* Otherwise, go down all the components in the new type and make
3650 them equivalent to those in the base type. */
3653 gnu_type = gnu_base_type;
3655 for (gnat_temp = First_Entity (gnat_entity);
3656 Present (gnat_temp);
3657 gnat_temp = Next_Entity (gnat_temp))
3658 if ((Ekind (gnat_temp) == E_Discriminant
3659 && !Is_Unchecked_Union (gnat_base_type))
3660 || Ekind (gnat_temp) == E_Component)
3661 save_gnu_tree (gnat_temp,
3662 gnat_to_gnu_field_decl
3663 (Original_Record_Component (gnat_temp)),
3669 case E_Access_Subprogram_Type:
3670 /* Use the special descriptor type for dispatch tables if needed,
3671 that is to say for the Prim_Ptr of a-tags.ads and its clones.
3672 Note that we are only required to do so for static tables in
3673 order to be compatible with the C++ ABI, but Ada 2005 allows
3674 to extend library level tagged types at the local level so
3675 we do it in the non-static case as well. */
3676 if (TARGET_VTABLE_USES_DESCRIPTORS
3677 && Is_Dispatch_Table_Entity (gnat_entity))
3679 gnu_type = fdesc_type_node;
3680 gnu_size = TYPE_SIZE (gnu_type);
3684 /* ... fall through ... */
3686 case E_Anonymous_Access_Subprogram_Type:
3687 /* If we are not defining this entity, and we have incomplete
3688 entities being processed above us, make a dummy type and
3689 fill it in later. */
3690 if (!definition && defer_incomplete_level != 0)
3692 struct incomplete *p = XNEW (struct incomplete);
3695 = build_pointer_type
3696 (make_dummy_type (Directly_Designated_Type (gnat_entity)));
3697 gnu_decl = create_type_decl (gnu_entity_name, gnu_type, attr_list,
3698 !Comes_From_Source (gnat_entity),
3699 debug_info_p, gnat_entity);
3700 this_made_decl = true;
3701 gnu_type = TREE_TYPE (gnu_decl);
3702 save_gnu_tree (gnat_entity, gnu_decl, false);
3705 p->old_type = TREE_TYPE (gnu_type);
3706 p->full_type = Directly_Designated_Type (gnat_entity);
3707 p->next = defer_incomplete_list;
3708 defer_incomplete_list = p;
3712 /* ... fall through ... */
3714 case E_Allocator_Type:
3716 case E_Access_Attribute_Type:
3717 case E_Anonymous_Access_Type:
3718 case E_General_Access_Type:
3720 /* The designated type and its equivalent type for gigi. */
3721 Entity_Id gnat_desig_type = Directly_Designated_Type (gnat_entity);
3722 Entity_Id gnat_desig_equiv = Gigi_Equivalent_Type (gnat_desig_type);
3723 /* Whether it comes from a limited with. */
3724 bool is_from_limited_with
3725 = (IN (Ekind (gnat_desig_equiv), Incomplete_Kind)
3726 && From_With_Type (gnat_desig_equiv));
3727 /* The "full view" of the designated type. If this is an incomplete
3728 entity from a limited with, treat its non-limited view as the full
3729 view. Otherwise, if this is an incomplete or private type, use the
3730 full view. In the former case, we might point to a private type,
3731 in which case, we need its full view. Also, we want to look at the
3732 actual type used for the representation, so this takes a total of
3734 Entity_Id gnat_desig_full_direct_first
3735 = (is_from_limited_with
3736 ? Non_Limited_View (gnat_desig_equiv)
3737 : (IN (Ekind (gnat_desig_equiv), Incomplete_Or_Private_Kind)
3738 ? Full_View (gnat_desig_equiv) : Empty));
3739 Entity_Id gnat_desig_full_direct
3740 = ((is_from_limited_with
3741 && Present (gnat_desig_full_direct_first)
3742 && IN (Ekind (gnat_desig_full_direct_first), Private_Kind))
3743 ? Full_View (gnat_desig_full_direct_first)
3744 : gnat_desig_full_direct_first);
3745 Entity_Id gnat_desig_full
3746 = Gigi_Equivalent_Type (gnat_desig_full_direct);
3747 /* The type actually used to represent the designated type, either
3748 gnat_desig_full or gnat_desig_equiv. */
3749 Entity_Id gnat_desig_rep;
3750 /* True if this is a pointer to an unconstrained array. */
3751 bool is_unconstrained_array;
3752 /* We want to know if we'll be seeing the freeze node for any
3753 incomplete type we may be pointing to. */
3755 = (Present (gnat_desig_full)
3756 ? In_Extended_Main_Code_Unit (gnat_desig_full)
3757 : In_Extended_Main_Code_Unit (gnat_desig_type));
3758 /* True if we make a dummy type here. */
3759 bool made_dummy = false;
3760 /* The mode to be used for the pointer type. */
3761 enum machine_mode p_mode = mode_for_size (esize, MODE_INT, 0);
3762 /* The GCC type used for the designated type. */
3763 tree gnu_desig_type = NULL_TREE;
3765 if (!targetm.valid_pointer_mode (p_mode))
3768 /* If either the designated type or its full view is an unconstrained
3769 array subtype, replace it with the type it's a subtype of. This
3770 avoids problems with multiple copies of unconstrained array types.
3771 Likewise, if the designated type is a subtype of an incomplete
3772 record type, use the parent type to avoid order of elaboration
3773 issues. This can lose some code efficiency, but there is no
3775 if (Ekind (gnat_desig_equiv) == E_Array_Subtype
3776 && !Is_Constrained (gnat_desig_equiv))
3777 gnat_desig_equiv = Etype (gnat_desig_equiv);
3778 if (Present (gnat_desig_full)
3779 && ((Ekind (gnat_desig_full) == E_Array_Subtype
3780 && !Is_Constrained (gnat_desig_full))
3781 || (Ekind (gnat_desig_full) == E_Record_Subtype
3782 && Ekind (Etype (gnat_desig_full)) == E_Record_Type)))
3783 gnat_desig_full = Etype (gnat_desig_full);
3785 /* Set the type that's actually the representation of the designated
3786 type and also flag whether we have a unconstrained array. */
3788 = Present (gnat_desig_full) ? gnat_desig_full : gnat_desig_equiv;
3789 is_unconstrained_array
3790 = Is_Array_Type (gnat_desig_rep) && !Is_Constrained (gnat_desig_rep);
3792 /* If we are pointing to an incomplete type whose completion is an
3793 unconstrained array, make dummy fat and thin pointer types to it.
3794 Likewise if the type itself is dummy or an unconstrained array. */
3795 if (is_unconstrained_array
3796 && (Present (gnat_desig_full)
3797 || (present_gnu_tree (gnat_desig_equiv)
3799 (TREE_TYPE (get_gnu_tree (gnat_desig_equiv))))
3801 && defer_incomplete_level != 0
3802 && !present_gnu_tree (gnat_desig_equiv))
3804 && is_from_limited_with
3805 && Present (Freeze_Node (gnat_desig_equiv)))))
3807 if (present_gnu_tree (gnat_desig_rep))
3808 gnu_desig_type = TREE_TYPE (get_gnu_tree (gnat_desig_rep));
3811 gnu_desig_type = make_dummy_type (gnat_desig_rep);
3815 /* If the call above got something that has a pointer, the pointer
3816 is our type. This could have happened either because the type
3817 was elaborated or because somebody else executed the code. */
3818 if (!TYPE_POINTER_TO (gnu_desig_type))
3819 build_dummy_unc_pointer_types (gnat_desig_equiv, gnu_desig_type);
3820 gnu_type = TYPE_POINTER_TO (gnu_desig_type);
3823 /* If we already know what the full type is, use it. */
3824 else if (Present (gnat_desig_full)
3825 && present_gnu_tree (gnat_desig_full))
3826 gnu_desig_type = TREE_TYPE (get_gnu_tree (gnat_desig_full));
3828 /* Get the type of the thing we are to point to and build a pointer to
3829 it. If it is a reference to an incomplete or private type with a
3830 full view that is a record, make a dummy type node and get the
3831 actual type later when we have verified it is safe. */
3832 else if ((!in_main_unit
3833 && !present_gnu_tree (gnat_desig_equiv)
3834 && Present (gnat_desig_full)
3835 && !present_gnu_tree (gnat_desig_full)
3836 && Is_Record_Type (gnat_desig_full))
3837 /* Likewise if we are pointing to a record or array and we are
3838 to defer elaborating incomplete types. We do this as this
3839 access type may be the full view of a private type. Note
3840 that the unconstrained array case is handled above. */
3841 || ((!in_main_unit || imported_p)
3842 && defer_incomplete_level != 0
3843 && !present_gnu_tree (gnat_desig_equiv)
3844 && (Is_Record_Type (gnat_desig_rep)
3845 || Is_Array_Type (gnat_desig_rep)))
3846 /* If this is a reference from a limited_with type back to our
3847 main unit and there's a freeze node for it, either we have
3848 already processed the declaration and made the dummy type,
3849 in which case we just reuse the latter, or we have not yet,
3850 in which case we make the dummy type and it will be reused
3851 when the declaration is finally processed. In both cases,
3852 the pointer eventually created below will be automatically
3853 adjusted when the freeze node is processed. Note that the
3854 unconstrained array case is handled above. */
3856 && is_from_limited_with
3857 && Present (Freeze_Node (gnat_desig_rep))))
3859 gnu_desig_type = make_dummy_type (gnat_desig_equiv);
3863 /* Otherwise handle the case of a pointer to itself. */
3864 else if (gnat_desig_equiv == gnat_entity)
3867 = build_pointer_type_for_mode (void_type_node, p_mode,
3868 No_Strict_Aliasing (gnat_entity));
3869 TREE_TYPE (gnu_type) = TYPE_POINTER_TO (gnu_type) = gnu_type;
3872 /* If expansion is disabled, the equivalent type of a concurrent type
3873 is absent, so build a dummy pointer type. */
3874 else if (type_annotate_only && No (gnat_desig_equiv))
3875 gnu_type = ptr_void_type_node;
3877 /* Finally, handle the default case where we can just elaborate our
3880 gnu_desig_type = gnat_to_gnu_type (gnat_desig_equiv);
3882 /* It is possible that a call to gnat_to_gnu_type above resolved our
3883 type. If so, just return it. */
3884 if (present_gnu_tree (gnat_entity))
3886 maybe_present = true;
3890 /* If we haven't done it yet, build the pointer type the usual way. */
3893 /* Modify the designated type if we are pointing only to constant
3894 objects, but don't do it for unconstrained arrays. */
3895 if (Is_Access_Constant (gnat_entity)
3896 && TREE_CODE (gnu_desig_type) != UNCONSTRAINED_ARRAY_TYPE)
3899 = build_qualified_type
3901 TYPE_QUALS (gnu_desig_type) | TYPE_QUAL_CONST);
3903 /* Some extra processing is required if we are building a
3904 pointer to an incomplete type (in the GCC sense). We might
3905 have such a type if we just made a dummy, or directly out
3906 of the call to gnat_to_gnu_type above if we are processing
3907 an access type for a record component designating the
3908 record type itself. */
3909 if (TYPE_MODE (gnu_desig_type) == VOIDmode)
3911 /* We must ensure that the pointer to variant we make will
3912 be processed by update_pointer_to when the initial type
3913 is completed. Pretend we made a dummy and let further
3914 processing act as usual. */
3917 /* We must ensure that update_pointer_to will not retrieve
3918 the dummy variant when building a properly qualified
3919 version of the complete type. We take advantage of the
3920 fact that get_qualified_type is requiring TYPE_NAMEs to
3921 match to influence build_qualified_type and then also
3922 update_pointer_to here. */
3923 TYPE_NAME (gnu_desig_type)
3924 = create_concat_name (gnat_desig_type, "INCOMPLETE_CST");
3929 = build_pointer_type_for_mode (gnu_desig_type, p_mode,
3930 No_Strict_Aliasing (gnat_entity));
3933 /* If we are not defining this object and we have made a dummy pointer,
3934 save our current definition, evaluate the actual type, and replace
3935 the tentative type we made with the actual one. If we are to defer
3936 actually looking up the actual type, make an entry in the deferred
3937 list. If this is from a limited with, we may have to defer to the
3938 end of the current unit. */
3939 if ((!in_main_unit || is_from_limited_with) && made_dummy)
3941 tree gnu_old_desig_type;
3943 if (TYPE_IS_FAT_POINTER_P (gnu_type))
3945 gnu_old_desig_type = TYPE_UNCONSTRAINED_ARRAY (gnu_type);
3946 if (esize == POINTER_SIZE)
3947 gnu_type = build_pointer_type
3948 (TYPE_OBJECT_RECORD_TYPE (gnu_old_desig_type));
3951 gnu_old_desig_type = TREE_TYPE (gnu_type);
3953 gnu_decl = create_type_decl (gnu_entity_name, gnu_type, attr_list,
3954 !Comes_From_Source (gnat_entity),
3955 debug_info_p, gnat_entity);
3956 this_made_decl = true;
3957 gnu_type = TREE_TYPE (gnu_decl);
3958 save_gnu_tree (gnat_entity, gnu_decl, false);
3961 /* Note that the call to gnat_to_gnu_type on gnat_desig_equiv might
3962 update gnu_old_desig_type directly, in which case it will not be
3963 a dummy type any more when we get into update_pointer_to.
3965 This can happen e.g. when the designated type is a record type,
3966 because their elaboration starts with an initial node from
3967 make_dummy_type, which may be the same node as the one we got.
3969 Besides, variants of this non-dummy type might have been created
3970 along the way. update_pointer_to is expected to properly take
3971 care of those situations. */
3972 if (defer_incomplete_level == 0 && !is_from_limited_with)
3974 update_pointer_to (TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (gnu_old_desig_type),
3975 gnat_to_gnu_type (gnat_desig_equiv));
3979 struct incomplete *p = XNEW (struct incomplete);
3980 struct incomplete **head
3981 = (is_from_limited_with
3982 ? &defer_limited_with : &defer_incomplete_list);
3983 p->old_type = gnu_old_desig_type;
3984 p->full_type = gnat_desig_equiv;
3992 case E_Access_Protected_Subprogram_Type:
3993 case E_Anonymous_Access_Protected_Subprogram_Type:
3994 if (type_annotate_only && No (gnat_equiv_type))
3995 gnu_type = ptr_void_type_node;
3998 /* The run-time representation is the equivalent type. */
3999 gnu_type = gnat_to_gnu_type (gnat_equiv_type);
4000 maybe_present = true;
4003 if (Is_Itype (Directly_Designated_Type (gnat_entity))
4004 && !present_gnu_tree (Directly_Designated_Type (gnat_entity))
4005 && No (Freeze_Node (Directly_Designated_Type (gnat_entity)))
4006 && !Is_Record_Type (Scope (Directly_Designated_Type (gnat_entity))))
4007 gnat_to_gnu_entity (Directly_Designated_Type (gnat_entity),
4012 case E_Access_Subtype:
4014 /* We treat this as identical to its base type; any constraint is
4015 meaningful only to the front-end.
4017 The designated type must be elaborated as well, if it does
4018 not have its own freeze node. Designated (sub)types created
4019 for constrained components of records with discriminants are
4020 not frozen by the front-end and thus not elaborated by gigi,
4021 because their use may appear before the base type is frozen,
4022 and because it is not clear that they are needed anywhere in
4023 gigi. With the current model, there is no correct place where
4024 they could be elaborated. */
4026 gnu_type = gnat_to_gnu_type (Etype (gnat_entity));
4027 if (Is_Itype (Directly_Designated_Type (gnat_entity))
4028 && !present_gnu_tree (Directly_Designated_Type (gnat_entity))
4029 && Is_Frozen (Directly_Designated_Type (gnat_entity))
4030 && No (Freeze_Node (Directly_Designated_Type (gnat_entity))))
4032 /* If we are not defining this entity, and we have incomplete
4033 entities being processed above us, make a dummy type and
4034 elaborate it later. */
4035 if (!definition && defer_incomplete_level != 0)
4037 struct incomplete *p = XNEW (struct incomplete);
4040 = make_dummy_type (Directly_Designated_Type (gnat_entity));
4041 p->full_type = Directly_Designated_Type (gnat_entity);
4042 p->next = defer_incomplete_list;
4043 defer_incomplete_list = p;
4045 else if (!IN (Ekind (Base_Type
4046 (Directly_Designated_Type (gnat_entity))),
4047 Incomplete_Or_Private_Kind))
4048 gnat_to_gnu_entity (Directly_Designated_Type (gnat_entity),
4052 maybe_present = true;
4055 /* Subprogram Entities
4057 The following access functions are defined for subprograms:
4059 Etype Return type or Standard_Void_Type.
4060 First_Formal The first formal parameter.
4061 Is_Imported Indicates that the subprogram has appeared in
4062 an INTERFACE or IMPORT pragma. For now we
4063 assume that the external language is C.
4064 Is_Exported Likewise but for an EXPORT pragma.
4065 Is_Inlined True if the subprogram is to be inlined.
4067 Each parameter is first checked by calling must_pass_by_ref on its
4068 type to determine if it is passed by reference. For parameters which
4069 are copied in, if they are Ada In Out or Out parameters, their return
4070 value becomes part of a record which becomes the return type of the
4071 function (C function - note that this applies only to Ada procedures
4072 so there is no Ada return type). Additional code to store back the
4073 parameters will be generated on the caller side. This transformation
4074 is done here, not in the front-end.
4076 The intended result of the transformation can be seen from the
4077 equivalent source rewritings that follow:
4079 struct temp {int a,b};
4080 procedure P (A,B: In Out ...) is temp P (int A,B)
4083 end P; return {A,B};
4090 For subprogram types we need to perform mainly the same conversions to
4091 GCC form that are needed for procedures and function declarations. The
4092 only difference is that at the end, we make a type declaration instead
4093 of a function declaration. */
4095 case E_Subprogram_Type:
4099 /* The type returned by a function or else Standard_Void_Type for a
4101 Entity_Id gnat_return_type = Etype (gnat_entity);
4102 tree gnu_return_type;
4103 /* The first GCC parameter declaration (a PARM_DECL node). The
4104 PARM_DECL nodes are chained through the DECL_CHAIN field, so this
4105 actually is the head of this parameter list. */
4106 tree gnu_param_list = NULL_TREE;
4107 /* Likewise for the stub associated with an exported procedure. */
4108 tree gnu_stub_param_list = NULL_TREE;
4109 /* Non-null for subprograms containing parameters passed by copy-in
4110 copy-out (Ada In Out or Out parameters not passed by reference),
4111 in which case it is the list of nodes used to specify the values
4112 of the In Out/Out parameters that are returned as a record upon
4113 procedure return. The TREE_PURPOSE of an element of this list is
4114 a field of the record and the TREE_VALUE is the PARM_DECL
4115 corresponding to that field. This list will be saved in the
4116 TYPE_CI_CO_LIST field of the FUNCTION_TYPE node we create. */
4117 tree gnu_cico_list = NULL_TREE;
4118 /* List of fields in return type of procedure with copy-in copy-out
4120 tree gnu_field_list = NULL_TREE;
4121 /* If an import pragma asks to map this subprogram to a GCC builtin,
4122 this is the builtin DECL node. */
4123 tree gnu_builtin_decl = NULL_TREE;
4124 /* For the stub associated with an exported procedure. */
4125 tree gnu_stub_type = NULL_TREE, gnu_stub_name = NULL_TREE;
4126 tree gnu_ext_name = create_concat_name (gnat_entity, NULL);
4127 Entity_Id gnat_param;
4128 enum inline_status_t inline_status
4129 = Has_Pragma_No_Inline (gnat_entity)
4131 : (Is_Inlined (gnat_entity) ? is_enabled : is_disabled);
4132 bool public_flag = Is_Public (gnat_entity) || imported_p;
4134 = (Is_Public (gnat_entity) && !definition) || imported_p;
4135 bool artificial_flag = !Comes_From_Source (gnat_entity);
4136 /* The semantics of "pure" in Ada essentially matches that of "const"
4137 in the back-end. In particular, both properties are orthogonal to
4138 the "nothrow" property if the EH circuitry is explicit in the
4139 internal representation of the back-end. If we are to completely
4140 hide the EH circuitry from it, we need to declare that calls to pure
4141 Ada subprograms that can throw have side effects since they can
4142 trigger an "abnormal" transfer of control flow; thus they can be
4143 neither "const" nor "pure" in the back-end sense. */
4145 = (Exception_Mechanism == Back_End_Exceptions
4146 && Is_Pure (gnat_entity));
4147 bool volatile_flag = No_Return (gnat_entity);
4148 bool return_by_direct_ref_p = false;
4149 bool return_by_invisi_ref_p = false;
4150 bool return_unconstrained_p = false;
4151 bool has_stub = false;
4154 /* A parameter may refer to this type, so defer completion of any
4155 incomplete types. */
4156 if (kind == E_Subprogram_Type && !definition)
4158 defer_incomplete_level++;
4159 this_deferred = true;
4162 /* If the subprogram has an alias, it is probably inherited, so
4163 we can use the original one. If the original "subprogram"
4164 is actually an enumeration literal, it may be the first use
4165 of its type, so we must elaborate that type now. */
4166 if (Present (Alias (gnat_entity)))
4168 if (Ekind (Alias (gnat_entity)) == E_Enumeration_Literal)
4169 gnat_to_gnu_entity (Etype (Alias (gnat_entity)), NULL_TREE, 0);
4171 gnu_decl = gnat_to_gnu_entity (Alias (gnat_entity), gnu_expr, 0);
4173 /* Elaborate any Itypes in the parameters of this entity. */
4174 for (gnat_temp = First_Formal_With_Extras (gnat_entity);
4175 Present (gnat_temp);
4176 gnat_temp = Next_Formal_With_Extras (gnat_temp))
4177 if (Is_Itype (Etype (gnat_temp)))
4178 gnat_to_gnu_entity (Etype (gnat_temp), NULL_TREE, 0);
4183 /* If this subprogram is expectedly bound to a GCC builtin, fetch the
4184 corresponding DECL node. Proper generation of calls later on need
4185 proper parameter associations so we don't "break;" here. */
4186 if (Convention (gnat_entity) == Convention_Intrinsic
4187 && Present (Interface_Name (gnat_entity)))
4189 gnu_builtin_decl = builtin_decl_for (gnu_ext_name);
4191 /* Inability to find the builtin decl most often indicates a
4192 genuine mistake, but imports of unregistered intrinsics are
4193 sometimes issued on purpose to allow hooking in alternate
4194 bodies. We post a warning conditioned on Wshadow in this case,
4195 to let developers be notified on demand without risking false
4196 positives with common default sets of options. */
4198 if (gnu_builtin_decl == NULL_TREE && warn_shadow)
4199 post_error ("?gcc intrinsic not found for&!", gnat_entity);
4202 /* ??? What if we don't find the builtin node above ? warn ? err ?
4203 In the current state we neither warn nor err, and calls will just
4204 be handled as for regular subprograms. */
4206 /* Look into the return type and get its associated GCC tree. If it
4207 is not void, compute various flags for the subprogram type. */
4208 if (Ekind (gnat_return_type) == E_Void)
4209 gnu_return_type = void_type_node;
4212 /* Ada 2012 (AI05-0151): Incomplete types coming from a limited
4213 context may now appear in parameter and result profiles. If
4214 we are only annotating types, break circularities here. */
4215 if (type_annotate_only
4216 && IN (Ekind (gnat_return_type), Incomplete_Kind)
4217 && From_With_Type (gnat_return_type)
4218 && In_Extended_Main_Code_Unit
4219 (Non_Limited_View (gnat_return_type))
4220 && !present_gnu_tree (Non_Limited_View (gnat_return_type)))
4221 gnu_return_type = ptr_void_type_node;
4223 gnu_return_type = gnat_to_gnu_type (gnat_return_type);
4225 /* If this function returns by reference, make the actual return
4226 type the pointer type and make a note of that. */
4227 if (Returns_By_Ref (gnat_entity))
4229 gnu_return_type = build_pointer_type (gnu_return_type);
4230 return_by_direct_ref_p = true;
4233 /* If we are supposed to return an unconstrained array type, make
4234 the actual return type the fat pointer type. */
4235 else if (TREE_CODE (gnu_return_type) == UNCONSTRAINED_ARRAY_TYPE)
4237 gnu_return_type = TREE_TYPE (gnu_return_type);
4238 return_unconstrained_p = true;
4241 /* Likewise, if the return type requires a transient scope, the
4242 return value will be allocated on the secondary stack so the
4243 actual return type is the pointer type. */
4244 else if (Requires_Transient_Scope (gnat_return_type))
4246 gnu_return_type = build_pointer_type (gnu_return_type);
4247 return_unconstrained_p = true;
4250 /* If the Mechanism is By_Reference, ensure this function uses the
4251 target's by-invisible-reference mechanism, which may not be the
4252 same as above (e.g. it might be passing an extra parameter). */
4253 else if (kind == E_Function
4254 && Mechanism (gnat_entity) == By_Reference)
4255 return_by_invisi_ref_p = true;
4257 /* Likewise, if the return type is itself By_Reference. */
4258 else if (TYPE_IS_BY_REFERENCE_P (gnu_return_type))
4259 return_by_invisi_ref_p = true;
4261 /* If the type is a padded type and the underlying type would not
4262 be passed by reference or the function has a foreign convention,
4263 return the underlying type. */
4264 else if (TYPE_IS_PADDING_P (gnu_return_type)
4265 && (!default_pass_by_ref
4266 (TREE_TYPE (TYPE_FIELDS (gnu_return_type)))
4267 || Has_Foreign_Convention (gnat_entity)))
4268 gnu_return_type = TREE_TYPE (TYPE_FIELDS (gnu_return_type));
4270 /* If the return type is unconstrained, that means it must have a
4271 maximum size. Use the padded type as the effective return type.
4272 And ensure the function uses the target's by-invisible-reference
4273 mechanism to avoid copying too much data when it returns. */
4274 if (CONTAINS_PLACEHOLDER_P (TYPE_SIZE (gnu_return_type)))
4276 tree orig_type = gnu_return_type;
4279 = maybe_pad_type (gnu_return_type,
4280 max_size (TYPE_SIZE (gnu_return_type),
4282 0, gnat_entity, false, false, false, true);
4284 /* Declare it now since it will never be declared otherwise.
4285 This is necessary to ensure that its subtrees are properly
4287 if (gnu_return_type != orig_type
4288 && !DECL_P (TYPE_NAME (gnu_return_type)))
4289 create_type_decl (TYPE_NAME (gnu_return_type),
4290 gnu_return_type, NULL, true,
4291 debug_info_p, gnat_entity);
4293 return_by_invisi_ref_p = true;
4296 /* If the return type has a size that overflows, we cannot have
4297 a function that returns that type. This usage doesn't make
4298 sense anyway, so give an error here. */
4299 if (TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (gnu_return_type)
4300 && TREE_CODE (TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (gnu_return_type)) == INTEGER_CST
4301 && !valid_constant_size_p (TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (gnu_return_type)))
4303 post_error ("cannot return type whose size overflows",
4305 gnu_return_type = copy_node (gnu_return_type);
4306 TYPE_SIZE (gnu_return_type) = bitsize_zero_node;
4307 TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (gnu_return_type) = size_zero_node;
4308 TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (gnu_return_type) = gnu_return_type;
4309 TYPE_NEXT_VARIANT (gnu_return_type) = NULL_TREE;
4313 /* Loop over the parameters and get their associated GCC tree. While
4314 doing this, build a copy-in copy-out structure if we need one. */
4315 for (gnat_param = First_Formal_With_Extras (gnat_entity), parmnum = 0;
4316 Present (gnat_param);
4317 gnat_param = Next_Formal_With_Extras (gnat_param), parmnum++)
4319 Entity_Id gnat_param_type = Etype (gnat_param);
4320 tree gnu_param_name = get_entity_name (gnat_param);
4321 tree gnu_param_type, gnu_param, gnu_field;
4322 Mechanism_Type mech = Mechanism (gnat_param);
4323 bool copy_in_copy_out = false, fake_param_type;
4325 /* Ada 2012 (AI05-0151): Incomplete types coming from a limited
4326 context may now appear in parameter and result profiles. If
4327 we are only annotating types, break circularities here. */
4328 if (type_annotate_only
4329 && IN (Ekind (gnat_param_type), Incomplete_Kind)
4330 && From_With_Type (Etype (gnat_param_type))
4331 && In_Extended_Main_Code_Unit
4332 (Non_Limited_View (gnat_param_type))
4333 && !present_gnu_tree (Non_Limited_View (gnat_param_type)))
4335 gnu_param_type = ptr_void_type_node;
4336 fake_param_type = true;
4340 gnu_param_type = gnat_to_gnu_type (gnat_param_type);
4341 fake_param_type = false;
4344 /* Builtins are expanded inline and there is no real call sequence
4345 involved. So the type expected by the underlying expander is
4346 always the type of each argument "as is". */
4347 if (gnu_builtin_decl)
4349 /* Handle the first parameter of a valued procedure specially. */
4350 else if (Is_Valued_Procedure (gnat_entity) && parmnum == 0)
4351 mech = By_Copy_Return;
4352 /* Otherwise, see if a Mechanism was supplied that forced this
4353 parameter to be passed one way or another. */
4354 else if (mech == Default
4355 || mech == By_Copy || mech == By_Reference)
4357 else if (By_Descriptor_Last <= mech && mech <= By_Descriptor)
4358 mech = By_Descriptor;
4360 else if (By_Short_Descriptor_Last <= mech &&
4361 mech <= By_Short_Descriptor)
4362 mech = By_Short_Descriptor;
4366 if (TREE_CODE (gnu_param_type) == UNCONSTRAINED_ARRAY_TYPE
4367 || TREE_CODE (TYPE_SIZE (gnu_param_type)) != INTEGER_CST
4368 || 0 < compare_tree_int (TYPE_SIZE (gnu_param_type),
4370 mech = By_Reference;
4376 post_error ("unsupported mechanism for&", gnat_param);
4380 /* Do not call gnat_to_gnu_param for a fake parameter type since
4381 it will try to use the real type again. */
4382 if (fake_param_type)
4384 if (Ekind (gnat_param) == E_Out_Parameter)
4385 gnu_param = NULL_TREE;
4389 = create_param_decl (gnu_param_name, gnu_param_type,
4391 Set_Mechanism (gnat_param,
4392 mech == Default ? By_Copy : mech);
4393 if (Ekind (gnat_param) == E_In_Out_Parameter)
4394 copy_in_copy_out = true;
4399 = gnat_to_gnu_param (gnat_param, mech, gnat_entity,
4400 Has_Foreign_Convention (gnat_entity),
4403 /* We are returned either a PARM_DECL or a type if no parameter
4404 needs to be passed; in either case, adjust the type. */
4405 if (DECL_P (gnu_param))
4406 gnu_param_type = TREE_TYPE (gnu_param);
4409 gnu_param_type = gnu_param;
4410 gnu_param = NULL_TREE;
4413 /* The failure of this assertion will very likely come from an
4414 order of elaboration issue for the type of the parameter. */
4415 gcc_assert (kind == E_Subprogram_Type
4416 || !TYPE_IS_DUMMY_P (gnu_param_type)
4417 || type_annotate_only);
4421 /* If it's an exported subprogram, we build a parameter list
4422 in parallel, in case we need to emit a stub for it. */
4423 if (Is_Exported (gnat_entity))
4426 = chainon (gnu_param, gnu_stub_param_list);
4427 /* Change By_Descriptor parameter to By_Reference for
4428 the internal version of an exported subprogram. */
4429 if (mech == By_Descriptor || mech == By_Short_Descriptor)
4432 = gnat_to_gnu_param (gnat_param, By_Reference,
4438 gnu_param = copy_node (gnu_param);
4441 gnu_param_list = chainon (gnu_param, gnu_param_list);
4442 Sloc_to_locus (Sloc (gnat_param),
4443 &DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (gnu_param));
4444 save_gnu_tree (gnat_param, gnu_param, false);
4446 /* If a parameter is a pointer, this function may modify
4447 memory through it and thus shouldn't be considered
4448 a const function. Also, the memory may be modified
4449 between two calls, so they can't be CSE'ed. The latter
4450 case also handles by-ref parameters. */
4451 if (POINTER_TYPE_P (gnu_param_type)
4452 || TYPE_IS_FAT_POINTER_P (gnu_param_type))
4456 if (copy_in_copy_out)
4460 tree gnu_new_ret_type = make_node (RECORD_TYPE);
4462 /* If this is a function, we also need a field for the
4463 return value to be placed. */
4464 if (TREE_CODE (gnu_return_type) != VOID_TYPE)
4467 = create_field_decl (get_identifier ("RETVAL"),
4469 gnu_new_ret_type, NULL_TREE,
4471 Sloc_to_locus (Sloc (gnat_entity),
4472 &DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (gnu_field));
4473 gnu_field_list = gnu_field;
4475 = tree_cons (gnu_field, void_type_node, NULL_TREE);
4478 gnu_return_type = gnu_new_ret_type;
4479 TYPE_NAME (gnu_return_type) = get_identifier ("RETURN");
4480 /* Set a default alignment to speed up accesses. But we
4481 shouldn't increase the size of the structure too much,
4482 lest it doesn't fit in return registers anymore. */
4483 TYPE_ALIGN (gnu_return_type)
4484 = get_mode_alignment (ptr_mode);
4488 = create_field_decl (gnu_param_name, gnu_param_type,
4489 gnu_return_type, NULL_TREE, NULL_TREE,
4491 Sloc_to_locus (Sloc (gnat_param),
4492 &DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (gnu_field));
4493 DECL_CHAIN (gnu_field) = gnu_field_list;
4494 gnu_field_list = gnu_field;
4496 = tree_cons (gnu_field, gnu_param, gnu_cico_list);
4502 /* If we have a CICO list but it has only one entry, we convert
4503 this function into a function that returns this object. */
4504 if (list_length (gnu_cico_list) == 1)
4505 gnu_return_type = TREE_TYPE (TREE_PURPOSE (gnu_cico_list));
4507 /* Do not finalize the return type if the subprogram is stubbed
4508 since structures are incomplete for the back-end. */
4509 else if (Convention (gnat_entity) != Convention_Stubbed)
4511 finish_record_type (gnu_return_type, nreverse (gnu_field_list),
4514 /* Try to promote the mode of the return type if it is passed
4515 in registers, again to speed up accesses. */
4516 if (TYPE_MODE (gnu_return_type) == BLKmode
4517 && !targetm.calls.return_in_memory (gnu_return_type,
4521 = TREE_INT_CST_LOW (TYPE_SIZE (gnu_return_type));
4522 unsigned int i = BITS_PER_UNIT;
4523 enum machine_mode mode;
4527 mode = mode_for_size (i, MODE_INT, 0);
4528 if (mode != BLKmode)
4530 SET_TYPE_MODE (gnu_return_type, mode);
4531 TYPE_ALIGN (gnu_return_type)
4532 = GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (mode);
4533 TYPE_SIZE (gnu_return_type)
4534 = bitsize_int (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode));
4535 TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (gnu_return_type)
4536 = size_int (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode));
4541 rest_of_record_type_compilation (gnu_return_type);
4545 if (Has_Stdcall_Convention (gnat_entity))
4546 prepend_one_attribute_to
4547 (&attr_list, ATTR_MACHINE_ATTRIBUTE,
4548 get_identifier ("stdcall"), NULL_TREE,
4550 else if (Has_Thiscall_Convention (gnat_entity))
4551 prepend_one_attribute_to
4552 (&attr_list, ATTR_MACHINE_ATTRIBUTE,
4553 get_identifier ("thiscall"), NULL_TREE,
4556 /* If we should request stack realignment for a foreign convention
4557 subprogram, do so. Note that this applies to task entry points in
4559 if (FOREIGN_FORCE_REALIGN_STACK
4560 && Has_Foreign_Convention (gnat_entity))
4561 prepend_one_attribute_to
4562 (&attr_list, ATTR_MACHINE_ATTRIBUTE,
4563 get_identifier ("force_align_arg_pointer"), NULL_TREE,
4566 /* The lists have been built in reverse. */
4567 gnu_param_list = nreverse (gnu_param_list);
4569 gnu_stub_param_list = nreverse (gnu_stub_param_list);
4570 gnu_cico_list = nreverse (gnu_cico_list);
4572 if (kind == E_Function)
4573 Set_Mechanism (gnat_entity, return_unconstrained_p
4574 || return_by_direct_ref_p
4575 || return_by_invisi_ref_p
4576 ? By_Reference : By_Copy);
4578 = create_subprog_type (gnu_return_type, gnu_param_list,
4579 gnu_cico_list, return_unconstrained_p,
4580 return_by_direct_ref_p,
4581 return_by_invisi_ref_p);
4585 = create_subprog_type (gnu_return_type, gnu_stub_param_list,
4586 gnu_cico_list, return_unconstrained_p,
4587 return_by_direct_ref_p,
4588 return_by_invisi_ref_p);
4590 /* A subprogram (something that doesn't return anything) shouldn't
4591 be considered const since there would be no reason for such a
4592 subprogram. Note that procedures with Out (or In Out) parameters
4593 have already been converted into a function with a return type. */
4594 if (TREE_CODE (gnu_return_type) == VOID_TYPE)
4598 = build_qualified_type (gnu_type,
4599 TYPE_QUALS (gnu_type)
4600 | (TYPE_QUAL_CONST * const_flag)
4601 | (TYPE_QUAL_VOLATILE * volatile_flag));
4605 = build_qualified_type (gnu_stub_type,
4606 TYPE_QUALS (gnu_stub_type)
4607 | (TYPE_QUAL_CONST * const_flag)
4608 | (TYPE_QUAL_VOLATILE * volatile_flag));
4610 /* If we have a builtin decl for that function, use it. Check if the
4611 profiles are compatible and warn if they are not. The checker is
4612 expected to post extra diagnostics in this case. */
4613 if (gnu_builtin_decl)
4615 intrin_binding_t inb;
4617 inb.gnat_entity = gnat_entity;
4618 inb.ada_fntype = gnu_type;
4619 inb.btin_fntype = TREE_TYPE (gnu_builtin_decl);
4621 if (!intrin_profiles_compatible_p (&inb))
4623 ("?profile of& doesn''t match the builtin it binds!",
4626 gnu_decl = gnu_builtin_decl;
4627 gnu_type = TREE_TYPE (gnu_builtin_decl);
4631 /* If there was no specified Interface_Name and the external and
4632 internal names of the subprogram are the same, only use the
4633 internal name to allow disambiguation of nested subprograms. */
4634 if (No (Interface_Name (gnat_entity))
4635 && gnu_ext_name == gnu_entity_name)
4636 gnu_ext_name = NULL_TREE;
4638 /* If we are defining the subprogram and it has an Address clause
4639 we must get the address expression from the saved GCC tree for the
4640 subprogram if it has a Freeze_Node. Otherwise, we elaborate
4641 the address expression here since the front-end has guaranteed
4642 in that case that the elaboration has no effects. If there is
4643 an Address clause and we are not defining the object, just
4644 make it a constant. */
4645 if (Present (Address_Clause (gnat_entity)))
4647 tree gnu_address = NULL_TREE;
4651 = (present_gnu_tree (gnat_entity)
4652 ? get_gnu_tree (gnat_entity)
4653 : gnat_to_gnu (Expression (Address_Clause (gnat_entity))));
4655 save_gnu_tree (gnat_entity, NULL_TREE, false);
4657 /* Convert the type of the object to a reference type that can
4658 alias everything as per 13.3(19). */
4660 = build_reference_type_for_mode (gnu_type, ptr_mode, true);
4662 gnu_address = convert (gnu_type, gnu_address);
4665 = create_var_decl (gnu_entity_name, gnu_ext_name, gnu_type,
4666 gnu_address, false, Is_Public (gnat_entity),
4667 extern_flag, false, NULL, gnat_entity);
4668 DECL_BY_REF_P (gnu_decl) = 1;
4671 else if (kind == E_Subprogram_Type)
4673 = create_type_decl (gnu_entity_name, gnu_type, attr_list,
4674 artificial_flag, debug_info_p, gnat_entity);
4679 gnu_stub_name = gnu_ext_name;
4680 gnu_ext_name = create_concat_name (gnat_entity, "internal");
4681 public_flag = false;
4682 artificial_flag = true;
4686 = create_subprog_decl (gnu_entity_name, gnu_ext_name, gnu_type,
4687 gnu_param_list, inline_status,
4688 public_flag, extern_flag, artificial_flag,
4689 attr_list, gnat_entity);
4693 = create_subprog_decl (gnu_entity_name, gnu_stub_name,
4694 gnu_stub_type, gnu_stub_param_list,
4695 inline_status, true, extern_flag,
4696 false, attr_list, gnat_entity);
4697 SET_DECL_FUNCTION_STUB (gnu_decl, gnu_stub_decl);
4700 /* This is unrelated to the stub built right above. */
4701 DECL_STUBBED_P (gnu_decl)
4702 = Convention (gnat_entity) == Convention_Stubbed;
4707 case E_Incomplete_Type:
4708 case E_Incomplete_Subtype:
4709 case E_Private_Type:
4710 case E_Private_Subtype:
4711 case E_Limited_Private_Type:
4712 case E_Limited_Private_Subtype:
4713 case E_Record_Type_With_Private:
4714 case E_Record_Subtype_With_Private:
4716 /* Get the "full view" of this entity. If this is an incomplete
4717 entity from a limited with, treat its non-limited view as the
4718 full view. Otherwise, use either the full view or the underlying
4719 full view, whichever is present. This is used in all the tests
4722 = (IN (kind, Incomplete_Kind) && From_With_Type (gnat_entity))
4723 ? Non_Limited_View (gnat_entity)
4724 : Present (Full_View (gnat_entity))
4725 ? Full_View (gnat_entity)
4726 : Underlying_Full_View (gnat_entity);
4728 /* If this is an incomplete type with no full view, it must be a Taft
4729 Amendment type, in which case we return a dummy type. Otherwise,
4730 just get the type from its Etype. */
4733 if (kind == E_Incomplete_Type)
4735 gnu_type = make_dummy_type (gnat_entity);
4736 gnu_decl = TYPE_STUB_DECL (gnu_type);
4740 gnu_decl = gnat_to_gnu_entity (Etype (gnat_entity),
4742 maybe_present = true;
4747 /* If we already made a type for the full view, reuse it. */
4748 else if (present_gnu_tree (full_view))
4750 gnu_decl = get_gnu_tree (full_view);
4754 /* Otherwise, if we are not defining the type now, get the type
4755 from the full view. But always get the type from the full view
4756 for define on use types, since otherwise we won't see them! */
4757 else if (!definition
4758 || (Is_Itype (full_view)
4759 && No (Freeze_Node (gnat_entity)))
4760 || (Is_Itype (gnat_entity)
4761 && No (Freeze_Node (full_view))))
4763 gnu_decl = gnat_to_gnu_entity (full_view, NULL_TREE, 0);
4764 maybe_present = true;
4768 /* For incomplete types, make a dummy type entry which will be
4769 replaced later. Save it as the full declaration's type so
4770 we can do any needed updates when we see it. */
4771 gnu_type = make_dummy_type (gnat_entity);
4772 gnu_decl = TYPE_STUB_DECL (gnu_type);
4773 if (Has_Completion_In_Body (gnat_entity))
4774 DECL_TAFT_TYPE_P (gnu_decl) = 1;
4775 save_gnu_tree (full_view, gnu_decl, 0);
4779 case E_Class_Wide_Type:
4780 /* Class-wide types are always transformed into their root type. */
4781 gnu_decl = gnat_to_gnu_entity (gnat_equiv_type, NULL_TREE, 0);
4782 maybe_present = true;
4786 case E_Task_Subtype:
4787 case E_Protected_Type:
4788 case E_Protected_Subtype:
4789 /* Concurrent types are always transformed into their record type. */
4790 if (type_annotate_only && No (gnat_equiv_type))
4791 gnu_type = void_type_node;
4793 gnu_decl = gnat_to_gnu_entity (gnat_equiv_type, NULL_TREE, 0);
4794 maybe_present = true;
4798 gnu_decl = create_label_decl (gnu_entity_name, gnat_entity);
4803 /* Nothing at all to do here, so just return an ERROR_MARK and claim
4804 we've already saved it, so we don't try to. */
4805 gnu_decl = error_mark_node;
4813 /* If we had a case where we evaluated another type and it might have
4814 defined this one, handle it here. */
4815 if (maybe_present && present_gnu_tree (gnat_entity))
4817 gnu_decl = get_gnu_tree (gnat_entity);
4821 /* If we are processing a type and there is either no decl for it or
4822 we just made one, do some common processing for the type, such as
4823 handling alignment and possible padding. */
4824 if (is_type && (!gnu_decl || this_made_decl))
4826 /* Tell the middle-end that objects of tagged types are guaranteed to
4827 be properly aligned. This is necessary because conversions to the
4828 class-wide type are translated into conversions to the root type,
4829 which can be less aligned than some of its derived types. */
4830 if (Is_Tagged_Type (gnat_entity)
4831 || Is_Class_Wide_Equivalent_Type (gnat_entity))
4832 TYPE_ALIGN_OK (gnu_type) = 1;
4834 /* Record whether the type is passed by reference. */
4835 if (!VOID_TYPE_P (gnu_type) && Is_By_Reference_Type (gnat_entity))
4836 TYPE_BY_REFERENCE_P (gnu_type) = 1;
4838 /* ??? Don't set the size for a String_Literal since it is either
4839 confirming or we don't handle it properly (if the low bound is
4841 if (!gnu_size && kind != E_String_Literal_Subtype)
4843 Uint gnat_size = Known_Esize (gnat_entity)
4844 ? Esize (gnat_entity) : RM_Size (gnat_entity);
4846 = validate_size (gnat_size, gnu_type, gnat_entity, TYPE_DECL,
4847 false, Has_Size_Clause (gnat_entity));
4850 /* If a size was specified, see if we can make a new type of that size
4851 by rearranging the type, for example from a fat to a thin pointer. */
4855 = make_type_from_size (gnu_type, gnu_size,
4856 Has_Biased_Representation (gnat_entity));
4858 if (operand_equal_p (TYPE_SIZE (gnu_type), gnu_size, 0)
4859 && operand_equal_p (rm_size (gnu_type), gnu_size, 0))
4860 gnu_size = NULL_TREE;
4863 /* If the alignment hasn't already been processed and this is
4864 not an unconstrained array, see if an alignment is specified.
4865 If not, we pick a default alignment for atomic objects. */
4866 if (align != 0 || TREE_CODE (gnu_type) == UNCONSTRAINED_ARRAY_TYPE)
4868 else if (Known_Alignment (gnat_entity))
4870 align = validate_alignment (Alignment (gnat_entity), gnat_entity,
4871 TYPE_ALIGN (gnu_type));
4873 /* Warn on suspiciously large alignments. This should catch
4874 errors about the (alignment,byte)/(size,bit) discrepancy. */
4875 if (align > BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT && Has_Alignment_Clause (gnat_entity))
4879 /* If a size was specified, take it into account. Otherwise
4880 use the RM size for records or unions as the type size has
4881 already been adjusted to the alignment. */
4884 else if (RECORD_OR_UNION_TYPE_P (gnu_type)
4885 && !TYPE_FAT_POINTER_P (gnu_type))
4886 size = rm_size (gnu_type);
4888 size = TYPE_SIZE (gnu_type);
4890 /* Consider an alignment as suspicious if the alignment/size
4891 ratio is greater or equal to the byte/bit ratio. */
4892 if (host_integerp (size, 1)
4893 && align >= TREE_INT_CST_LOW (size) * BITS_PER_UNIT)
4894 post_error_ne ("?suspiciously large alignment specified for&",
4895 Expression (Alignment_Clause (gnat_entity)),
4899 else if (Is_Atomic (gnat_entity) && !gnu_size
4900 && host_integerp (TYPE_SIZE (gnu_type), 1)
4901 && integer_pow2p (TYPE_SIZE (gnu_type)))
4902 align = MIN (BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT,
4903 tree_low_cst (TYPE_SIZE (gnu_type), 1));
4904 else if (Is_Atomic (gnat_entity) && gnu_size
4905 && host_integerp (gnu_size, 1)
4906 && integer_pow2p (gnu_size))
4907 align = MIN (BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT, tree_low_cst (gnu_size, 1));
4909 /* See if we need to pad the type. If we did, and made a record,
4910 the name of the new type may be changed. So get it back for
4911 us when we make the new TYPE_DECL below. */
4912 if (gnu_size || align > 0)
4913 gnu_type = maybe_pad_type (gnu_type, gnu_size, align, gnat_entity,
4914 false, !gnu_decl, definition, false);
4916 if (TYPE_IS_PADDING_P (gnu_type))
4918 gnu_entity_name = TYPE_NAME (gnu_type);
4919 if (TREE_CODE (gnu_entity_name) == TYPE_DECL)
4920 gnu_entity_name = DECL_NAME (gnu_entity_name);
4923 /* Now set the RM size of the type. We cannot do it before padding
4924 because we need to accept arbitrary RM sizes on integral types. */
4925 set_rm_size (RM_Size (gnat_entity), gnu_type, gnat_entity);
4927 /* If we are at global level, GCC will have applied variable_size to
4928 the type, but that won't have done anything. So, if it's not
4929 a constant or self-referential, call elaborate_expression_1 to
4930 make a variable for the size rather than calculating it each time.
4931 Handle both the RM size and the actual size. */
4932 if (global_bindings_p ()
4933 && TYPE_SIZE (gnu_type)
4934 && !TREE_CONSTANT (TYPE_SIZE (gnu_type))
4935 && !CONTAINS_PLACEHOLDER_P (TYPE_SIZE (gnu_type)))
4937 tree size = TYPE_SIZE (gnu_type);
4939 TYPE_SIZE (gnu_type)
4940 = elaborate_expression_1 (size, gnat_entity,
4941 get_identifier ("SIZE"),
4944 /* ??? For now, store the size as a multiple of the alignment in
4945 bytes so that we can see the alignment from the tree. */
4946 TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (gnu_type)
4947 = elaborate_expression_2 (TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (gnu_type), gnat_entity,
4948 get_identifier ("SIZE_A_UNIT"),
4950 TYPE_ALIGN (gnu_type));
4952 /* ??? gnu_type may come from an existing type so the MULT_EXPR node
4953 may not be marked by the call to create_type_decl below. */
4954 MARK_VISITED (TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (gnu_type));
4956 if (TREE_CODE (gnu_type) == RECORD_TYPE)
4958 tree variant_part = get_variant_part (gnu_type);
4959 tree ada_size = TYPE_ADA_SIZE (gnu_type);
4963 tree union_type = TREE_TYPE (variant_part);
4964 tree offset = DECL_FIELD_OFFSET (variant_part);
4966 /* If the position of the variant part is constant, subtract
4967 it from the size of the type of the parent to get the new
4968 size. This manual CSE reduces the data size. */
4969 if (TREE_CODE (offset) == INTEGER_CST)
4971 tree bitpos = DECL_FIELD_BIT_OFFSET (variant_part);
4972 TYPE_SIZE (union_type)
4973 = size_binop (MINUS_EXPR, TYPE_SIZE (gnu_type),
4974 bit_from_pos (offset, bitpos));
4975 TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (union_type)
4976 = size_binop (MINUS_EXPR, TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (gnu_type),
4977 byte_from_pos (offset, bitpos));
4981 TYPE_SIZE (union_type)
4982 = elaborate_expression_1 (TYPE_SIZE (union_type),
4984 get_identifier ("VSIZE"),
4987 /* ??? For now, store the size as a multiple of the
4988 alignment in bytes so that we can see the alignment
4990 TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (union_type)
4991 = elaborate_expression_2 (TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (union_type),
4996 TYPE_ALIGN (union_type));
4998 /* ??? For now, store the offset as a multiple of the
4999 alignment in bytes so that we can see the alignment
5001 DECL_FIELD_OFFSET (variant_part)
5002 = elaborate_expression_2 (offset,
5004 get_identifier ("VOFFSET"),
5010 DECL_SIZE (variant_part) = TYPE_SIZE (union_type);
5011 DECL_SIZE_UNIT (variant_part) = TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (union_type);
5014 if (operand_equal_p (ada_size, size, 0))
5015 ada_size = TYPE_SIZE (gnu_type);
5018 = elaborate_expression_1 (ada_size, gnat_entity,
5019 get_identifier ("RM_SIZE"),
5021 SET_TYPE_ADA_SIZE (gnu_type, ada_size);
5025 /* If this is a record type or subtype, call elaborate_expression_2 on
5026 any field position. Do this for both global and local types.
5027 Skip any fields that we haven't made trees for to avoid problems with
5028 class wide types. */
5029 if (IN (kind, Record_Kind))
5030 for (gnat_temp = First_Entity (gnat_entity); Present (gnat_temp);
5031 gnat_temp = Next_Entity (gnat_temp))
5032 if (Ekind (gnat_temp) == E_Component && present_gnu_tree (gnat_temp))
5034 tree gnu_field = get_gnu_tree (gnat_temp);
5036 /* ??? For now, store the offset as a multiple of the alignment
5037 in bytes so that we can see the alignment from the tree. */
5038 if (!CONTAINS_PLACEHOLDER_P (DECL_FIELD_OFFSET (gnu_field)))
5040 DECL_FIELD_OFFSET (gnu_field)
5041 = elaborate_expression_2 (DECL_FIELD_OFFSET (gnu_field),
5043 get_identifier ("OFFSET"),
5045 DECL_OFFSET_ALIGN (gnu_field));
5047 /* ??? The context of gnu_field is not necessarily gnu_type
5048 so the MULT_EXPR node built above may not be marked by
5049 the call to create_type_decl below. */
5050 if (global_bindings_p ())
5051 MARK_VISITED (DECL_FIELD_OFFSET (gnu_field));
5055 if (Treat_As_Volatile (gnat_entity))
5057 = build_qualified_type (gnu_type,
5058 TYPE_QUALS (gnu_type) | TYPE_QUAL_VOLATILE);
5060 if (Is_Atomic (gnat_entity))
5061 check_ok_for_atomic (gnu_type, gnat_entity, false);
5063 if (Present (Alignment_Clause (gnat_entity)))
5064 TYPE_USER_ALIGN (gnu_type) = 1;
5066 if (Universal_Aliasing (gnat_entity))
5067 TYPE_UNIVERSAL_ALIASING_P (TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (gnu_type)) = 1;
5070 gnu_decl = create_type_decl (gnu_entity_name, gnu_type, attr_list,
5071 !Comes_From_Source (gnat_entity),
5072 debug_info_p, gnat_entity);
5075 TREE_TYPE (gnu_decl) = gnu_type;
5076 TYPE_STUB_DECL (gnu_type) = gnu_decl;
5080 if (is_type && !TYPE_IS_DUMMY_P (TREE_TYPE (gnu_decl)))
5082 gnu_type = TREE_TYPE (gnu_decl);
5084 /* If this is a derived type, relate its alias set to that of its parent
5085 to avoid troubles when a call to an inherited primitive is inlined in
5086 a context where a derived object is accessed. The inlined code works
5087 on the parent view so the resulting code may access the same object
5088 using both the parent and the derived alias sets, which thus have to
5089 conflict. As the same issue arises with component references, the
5090 parent alias set also has to conflict with composite types enclosing
5091 derived components. For instance, if we have:
5098 we want T to conflict with both D and R, in addition to R being a
5099 superset of D by record/component construction.
5101 One way to achieve this is to perform an alias set copy from the
5102 parent to the derived type. This is not quite appropriate, though,
5103 as we don't want separate derived types to conflict with each other:
5105 type I1 is new Integer;
5106 type I2 is new Integer;
5108 We want I1 and I2 to both conflict with Integer but we do not want
5109 I1 to conflict with I2, and an alias set copy on derivation would
5112 The option chosen is to make the alias set of the derived type a
5113 superset of that of its parent type. It trivially fulfills the
5114 simple requirement for the Integer derivation example above, and
5115 the component case as well by superset transitivity:
5118 R ----------> D ----------> T
5120 However, for composite types, conversions between derived types are
5121 translated into VIEW_CONVERT_EXPRs so a sequence like:
5123 type Comp1 is new Comp;
5124 type Comp2 is new Comp;
5125 procedure Proc (C : Comp1);
5133 Proc ((Comp1 &) &VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR <Comp1> (C));
5135 and gimplified into:
5142 i.e. generates code involving type punning. Therefore, Comp1 needs
5143 to conflict with Comp2 and an alias set copy is required.
5145 The language rules ensure the parent type is already frozen here. */
5146 if (Is_Derived_Type (gnat_entity))
5148 tree gnu_parent_type = gnat_to_gnu_type (Etype (gnat_entity));
5149 relate_alias_sets (gnu_type, gnu_parent_type,
5150 Is_Composite_Type (gnat_entity)
5151 ? ALIAS_SET_COPY : ALIAS_SET_SUPERSET);
5154 /* Back-annotate the Alignment of the type if not already in the
5155 tree. Likewise for sizes. */
5156 if (Unknown_Alignment (gnat_entity))
5158 unsigned int double_align, align;
5159 bool is_capped_double, align_clause;
5161 /* If the default alignment of "double" or larger scalar types is
5162 specifically capped and this is not an array with an alignment
5163 clause on the component type, return the cap. */
5164 if ((double_align = double_float_alignment) > 0)
5166 = is_double_float_or_array (gnat_entity, &align_clause);
5167 else if ((double_align = double_scalar_alignment) > 0)
5169 = is_double_scalar_or_array (gnat_entity, &align_clause);
5171 is_capped_double = align_clause = false;
5173 if (is_capped_double && !align_clause)
5174 align = double_align;
5176 align = TYPE_ALIGN (gnu_type) / BITS_PER_UNIT;
5178 Set_Alignment (gnat_entity, UI_From_Int (align));
5181 if (Unknown_Esize (gnat_entity) && TYPE_SIZE (gnu_type))
5183 tree gnu_size = TYPE_SIZE (gnu_type);
5185 /* If the size is self-referential, annotate the maximum value. */
5186 if (CONTAINS_PLACEHOLDER_P (gnu_size))
5187 gnu_size = max_size (gnu_size, true);
5189 /* If we are just annotating types and the type is tagged, the tag
5190 and the parent components are not generated by the front-end so
5191 sizes must be adjusted if there is no representation clause. */
5192 if (type_annotate_only
5193 && Is_Tagged_Type (gnat_entity)
5194 && !VOID_TYPE_P (gnu_type)
5195 && (!TYPE_FIELDS (gnu_type)
5196 || integer_zerop (bit_position (TYPE_FIELDS (gnu_type)))))
5198 tree pointer_size = bitsize_int (POINTER_SIZE), offset;
5201 if (Is_Derived_Type (gnat_entity))
5203 Entity_Id gnat_parent = Etype (Base_Type (gnat_entity));
5204 offset = UI_To_gnu (Esize (gnat_parent), bitsizetype);
5205 Set_Alignment (gnat_entity, Alignment (gnat_parent));
5208 offset = pointer_size;
5210 if (TYPE_FIELDS (gnu_type))
5212 = round_up (offset, DECL_ALIGN (TYPE_FIELDS (gnu_type)));
5214 gnu_size = size_binop (PLUS_EXPR, gnu_size, offset);
5215 gnu_size = round_up (gnu_size, POINTER_SIZE);
5216 uint_size = annotate_value (gnu_size);
5217 Set_Esize (gnat_entity, uint_size);
5218 Set_RM_Size (gnat_entity, uint_size);
5221 Set_Esize (gnat_entity, annotate_value (gnu_size));
5224 if (Unknown_RM_Size (gnat_entity) && rm_size (gnu_type))
5225 Set_RM_Size (gnat_entity, annotate_value (rm_size (gnu_type)));
5228 /* If we really have a ..._DECL node, set a couple of flags on it. But we
5229 cannot do so if we are reusing the ..._DECL node made for an equivalent
5230 type or an alias or a renamed object as the predicates don't apply to it
5231 but to GNAT_ENTITY. */
5232 if (DECL_P (gnu_decl)
5233 && !(is_type && gnat_equiv_type != gnat_entity)
5234 && !Present (Alias (gnat_entity))
5235 && !(Present (Renamed_Object (gnat_entity)) && saved))
5237 if (!Comes_From_Source (gnat_entity))
5238 DECL_ARTIFICIAL (gnu_decl) = 1;
5241 DECL_IGNORED_P (gnu_decl) = 1;
5244 /* If we haven't already, associate the ..._DECL node that we just made with
5245 the input GNAT entity node. */
5247 save_gnu_tree (gnat_entity, gnu_decl, false);
5249 /* If this is an enumeration or floating-point type, we were not able to set
5250 the bounds since they refer to the type. These are always static. */
5251 if ((kind == E_Enumeration_Type && Present (First_Literal (gnat_entity)))
5252 || (kind == E_Floating_Point_Type && !Vax_Float (gnat_entity)))
5254 tree gnu_scalar_type = gnu_type;
5255 tree gnu_low_bound, gnu_high_bound;
5257 /* If this is a padded type, we need to use the underlying type. */
5258 if (TYPE_IS_PADDING_P (gnu_scalar_type))
5259 gnu_scalar_type = TREE_TYPE (TYPE_FIELDS (gnu_scalar_type));
5261 /* If this is a floating point type and we haven't set a floating
5262 point type yet, use this in the evaluation of the bounds. */
5263 if (!longest_float_type_node && kind == E_Floating_Point_Type)
5264 longest_float_type_node = gnu_scalar_type;
5266 gnu_low_bound = gnat_to_gnu (Type_Low_Bound (gnat_entity));
5267 gnu_high_bound = gnat_to_gnu (Type_High_Bound (gnat_entity));
5269 if (kind == E_Enumeration_Type)
5271 /* Enumeration types have specific RM bounds. */
5272 SET_TYPE_RM_MIN_VALUE (gnu_scalar_type, gnu_low_bound);
5273 SET_TYPE_RM_MAX_VALUE (gnu_scalar_type, gnu_high_bound);
5277 /* Floating-point types don't have specific RM bounds. */
5278 TYPE_GCC_MIN_VALUE (gnu_scalar_type) = gnu_low_bound;
5279 TYPE_GCC_MAX_VALUE (gnu_scalar_type) = gnu_high_bound;
5283 /* If we deferred processing of incomplete types, re-enable it. If there
5284 were no other disables and we have deferred types to process, do so. */
5286 && --defer_incomplete_level == 0
5287 && defer_incomplete_list)
5289 struct incomplete *p, *next;
5291 /* We are back to level 0 for the deferring of incomplete types.
5292 But processing these incomplete types below may itself require
5293 deferring, so preserve what we have and restart from scratch. */
5294 p = defer_incomplete_list;
5295 defer_incomplete_list = NULL;
5302 update_pointer_to (TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (p->old_type),
5303 gnat_to_gnu_type (p->full_type));
5308 /* If we are not defining this type, see if it's on one of the lists of
5309 incomplete types. If so, handle the list entry now. */
5310 if (is_type && !definition)
5312 struct incomplete *p;
5314 for (p = defer_incomplete_list; p; p = p->next)
5315 if (p->old_type && p->full_type == gnat_entity)
5317 update_pointer_to (TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (p->old_type),
5318 TREE_TYPE (gnu_decl));
5319 p->old_type = NULL_TREE;
5322 for (p = defer_limited_with; p; p = p->next)
5323 if (p->old_type && Non_Limited_View (p->full_type) == gnat_entity)
5325 update_pointer_to (TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (p->old_type),
5326 TREE_TYPE (gnu_decl));
5327 p->old_type = NULL_TREE;
5334 /* If this is a packed array type whose original array type is itself
5335 an Itype without freeze node, make sure the latter is processed. */
5336 if (Is_Packed_Array_Type (gnat_entity)
5337 && Is_Itype (Original_Array_Type (gnat_entity))
5338 && No (Freeze_Node (Original_Array_Type (gnat_entity)))
5339 && !present_gnu_tree (Original_Array_Type (gnat_entity)))
5340 gnat_to_gnu_entity (Original_Array_Type (gnat_entity), NULL_TREE, 0);
5345 /* Similar, but if the returned value is a COMPONENT_REF, return the
5349 gnat_to_gnu_field_decl (Entity_Id gnat_entity)
5351 tree gnu_field = gnat_to_gnu_entity (gnat_entity, NULL_TREE, 0);
5353 if (TREE_CODE (gnu_field) == COMPONENT_REF)
5354 gnu_field = TREE_OPERAND (gnu_field, 1);
5359 /* Similar, but GNAT_ENTITY is assumed to refer to a GNAT type. Return
5360 the GCC type corresponding to that entity. */
5363 gnat_to_gnu_type (Entity_Id gnat_entity)
5367 /* The back end never attempts to annotate generic types. */
5368 if (Is_Generic_Type (gnat_entity) && type_annotate_only)
5369 return void_type_node;
5371 gnu_decl = gnat_to_gnu_entity (gnat_entity, NULL_TREE, 0);
5372 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (gnu_decl) == TYPE_DECL);
5374 return TREE_TYPE (gnu_decl);
5377 /* Similar, but GNAT_ENTITY is assumed to refer to a GNAT type. Return
5378 the unpadded version of the GCC type corresponding to that entity. */
5381 get_unpadded_type (Entity_Id gnat_entity)
5383 tree type = gnat_to_gnu_type (gnat_entity);
5385 if (TYPE_IS_PADDING_P (type))
5386 type = TREE_TYPE (TYPE_FIELDS (type));
5391 /* Return the DECL associated with the public subprogram GNAT_ENTITY but whose
5392 type has been changed to that of the parameterless procedure, except if an
5393 alias is already present, in which case it is returned instead. */
5396 get_minimal_subprog_decl (Entity_Id gnat_entity)
5398 tree gnu_entity_name, gnu_ext_name;
5399 struct attrib *attr_list = NULL;
5401 /* See the E_Function/E_Procedure case of gnat_to_gnu_entity for the model
5402 of the handling applied here. */
5404 while (Present (Alias (gnat_entity)))
5406 gnat_entity = Alias (gnat_entity);
5407 if (present_gnu_tree (gnat_entity))
5408 return get_gnu_tree (gnat_entity);
5411 gnu_entity_name = get_entity_name (gnat_entity);
5412 gnu_ext_name = create_concat_name (gnat_entity, NULL);
5414 if (Has_Stdcall_Convention (gnat_entity))
5415 prepend_one_attribute_to (&attr_list, ATTR_MACHINE_ATTRIBUTE,
5416 get_identifier ("stdcall"), NULL_TREE,
5418 else if (Has_Thiscall_Convention (gnat_entity))
5419 prepend_one_attribute_to (&attr_list, ATTR_MACHINE_ATTRIBUTE,
5420 get_identifier ("thiscall"), NULL_TREE,
5423 if (No (Interface_Name (gnat_entity)) && gnu_ext_name == gnu_entity_name)
5424 gnu_ext_name = NULL_TREE;
5427 create_subprog_decl (gnu_entity_name, gnu_ext_name, void_ftype, NULL_TREE,
5428 is_disabled, true, true, true, attr_list, gnat_entity);
5431 /* Return whether the E_Subprogram_Type/E_Function/E_Procedure GNAT_ENTITY is
5432 a C++ imported method or equivalent.
5434 We use the predicate on 32-bit x86/Windows to find out whether we need to
5435 use the "thiscall" calling convention for GNAT_ENTITY. This convention is
5436 used for C++ methods (functions with METHOD_TYPE) by the back-end. */
5439 is_cplusplus_method (Entity_Id gnat_entity)
5441 if (Convention (gnat_entity) != Convention_CPP)
5444 /* This is the main case: C++ method imported as a primitive operation. */
5445 if (Is_Dispatching_Operation (gnat_entity))
5448 /* A thunk needs to be handled like its associated primitive operation. */
5449 if (Is_Subprogram (gnat_entity) && Is_Thunk (gnat_entity))
5452 /* C++ classes with no virtual functions can be imported as limited
5453 record types, but we need to return true for the constructors. */
5454 if (Is_Constructor (gnat_entity))
5457 /* This is set on the E_Subprogram_Type built for a dispatching call. */
5458 if (Is_Dispatch_Table_Entity (gnat_entity))
5464 /* Finalize the processing of From_With_Type incomplete types. */
5467 finalize_from_with_types (void)
5469 struct incomplete *p, *next;
5471 p = defer_limited_with;
5472 defer_limited_with = NULL;
5479 update_pointer_to (TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (p->old_type),
5480 gnat_to_gnu_type (p->full_type));
5485 /* Return the equivalent type to be used for GNAT_ENTITY, if it's a
5486 kind of type (such E_Task_Type) that has a different type which Gigi
5487 uses for its representation. If the type does not have a special type
5488 for its representation, return GNAT_ENTITY. If a type is supposed to
5489 exist, but does not, abort unless annotating types, in which case
5490 return Empty. If GNAT_ENTITY is Empty, return Empty. */
5493 Gigi_Equivalent_Type (Entity_Id gnat_entity)
5495 Entity_Id gnat_equiv = gnat_entity;
5497 if (No (gnat_entity))
5500 switch (Ekind (gnat_entity))
5502 case E_Class_Wide_Subtype:
5503 if (Present (Equivalent_Type (gnat_entity)))
5504 gnat_equiv = Equivalent_Type (gnat_entity);
5507 case E_Access_Protected_Subprogram_Type:
5508 case E_Anonymous_Access_Protected_Subprogram_Type:
5509 gnat_equiv = Equivalent_Type (gnat_entity);
5512 case E_Class_Wide_Type:
5513 gnat_equiv = Root_Type (gnat_entity);
5517 case E_Task_Subtype:
5518 case E_Protected_Type:
5519 case E_Protected_Subtype:
5520 gnat_equiv = Corresponding_Record_Type (gnat_entity);
5527 gcc_assert (Present (gnat_equiv) || type_annotate_only);
5532 /* Return a GCC tree for a type corresponding to the component type of the
5533 array type or subtype GNAT_ARRAY. DEFINITION is true if this component
5534 is for an array being defined. DEBUG_INFO_P is true if we need to write
5535 debug information for other types that we may create in the process. */
5538 gnat_to_gnu_component_type (Entity_Id gnat_array, bool definition,
5541 const Entity_Id gnat_type = Component_Type (gnat_array);
5542 tree gnu_type = gnat_to_gnu_type (gnat_type);
5545 /* Try to get a smaller form of the component if needed. */
5546 if ((Is_Packed (gnat_array)
5547 || Has_Component_Size_Clause (gnat_array))
5548 && !Is_Bit_Packed_Array (gnat_array)
5549 && !Has_Aliased_Components (gnat_array)
5550 && !Strict_Alignment (gnat_type)
5551 && RECORD_OR_UNION_TYPE_P (gnu_type)
5552 && !TYPE_FAT_POINTER_P (gnu_type)
5553 && host_integerp (TYPE_SIZE (gnu_type), 1))
5554 gnu_type = make_packable_type (gnu_type, false);
5556 if (Has_Atomic_Components (gnat_array))
5557 check_ok_for_atomic (gnu_type, gnat_array, true);
5559 /* Get and validate any specified Component_Size. */
5561 = validate_size (Component_Size (gnat_array), gnu_type, gnat_array,
5562 Is_Bit_Packed_Array (gnat_array) ? TYPE_DECL : VAR_DECL,
5563 true, Has_Component_Size_Clause (gnat_array));
5565 /* If the array has aliased components and the component size can be zero,
5566 force at least unit size to ensure that the components have distinct
5569 && Has_Aliased_Components (gnat_array)
5570 && (integer_zerop (TYPE_SIZE (gnu_type))
5571 || (TREE_CODE (gnu_type) == ARRAY_TYPE
5572 && !TREE_CONSTANT (TYPE_SIZE (gnu_type)))))
5574 = size_binop (MAX_EXPR, TYPE_SIZE (gnu_type), bitsize_unit_node);
5576 /* If the component type is a RECORD_TYPE that has a self-referential size,
5577 then use the maximum size for the component size. */
5579 && TREE_CODE (gnu_type) == RECORD_TYPE
5580 && CONTAINS_PLACEHOLDER_P (TYPE_SIZE (gnu_type)))
5581 gnu_comp_size = max_size (TYPE_SIZE (gnu_type), true);
5583 /* Honor the component size. This is not needed for bit-packed arrays. */
5584 if (gnu_comp_size && !Is_Bit_Packed_Array (gnat_array))
5586 tree orig_type = gnu_type;
5587 unsigned int max_align;
5589 /* If an alignment is specified, use it as a cap on the component type
5590 so that it can be honored for the whole type. But ignore it for the
5591 original type of packed array types. */
5592 if (No (Packed_Array_Type (gnat_array)) && Known_Alignment (gnat_array))
5593 max_align = validate_alignment (Alignment (gnat_array), gnat_array, 0);
5597 gnu_type = make_type_from_size (gnu_type, gnu_comp_size, false);
5598 if (max_align > 0 && TYPE_ALIGN (gnu_type) > max_align)
5599 gnu_type = orig_type;
5601 orig_type = gnu_type;
5603 gnu_type = maybe_pad_type (gnu_type, gnu_comp_size, 0, gnat_array,
5604 true, false, definition, true);
5606 /* If a padding record was made, declare it now since it will never be
5607 declared otherwise. This is necessary to ensure that its subtrees
5608 are properly marked. */
5609 if (gnu_type != orig_type && !DECL_P (TYPE_NAME (gnu_type)))
5610 create_type_decl (TYPE_NAME (gnu_type), gnu_type, NULL, true,
5611 debug_info_p, gnat_array);
5614 if (Has_Volatile_Components (gnat_array))
5616 = build_qualified_type (gnu_type,
5617 TYPE_QUALS (gnu_type) | TYPE_QUAL_VOLATILE);
5622 /* Return a GCC tree for a parameter corresponding to GNAT_PARAM and
5623 using MECH as its passing mechanism, to be placed in the parameter
5624 list built for GNAT_SUBPROG. Assume a foreign convention for the
5625 latter if FOREIGN is true. Also set CICO to true if the parameter
5626 must use the copy-in copy-out implementation mechanism.
5628 The returned tree is a PARM_DECL, except for those cases where no
5629 parameter needs to be actually passed to the subprogram; the type
5630 of this "shadow" parameter is then returned instead. */
5633 gnat_to_gnu_param (Entity_Id gnat_param, Mechanism_Type mech,
5634 Entity_Id gnat_subprog, bool foreign, bool *cico)
5636 tree gnu_param_name = get_entity_name (gnat_param);
5637 tree gnu_param_type = gnat_to_gnu_type (Etype (gnat_param));
5638 tree gnu_param_type_alt = NULL_TREE;
5639 bool in_param = (Ekind (gnat_param) == E_In_Parameter);
5640 /* The parameter can be indirectly modified if its address is taken. */
5641 bool ro_param = in_param && !Address_Taken (gnat_param);
5642 bool by_return = false, by_component_ptr = false;
5643 bool by_ref = false, by_double_ref = false;
5646 /* Copy-return is used only for the first parameter of a valued procedure.
5647 It's a copy mechanism for which a parameter is never allocated. */
5648 if (mech == By_Copy_Return)
5650 gcc_assert (Ekind (gnat_param) == E_Out_Parameter);
5655 /* If this is either a foreign function or if the underlying type won't
5656 be passed by reference, strip off possible padding type. */
5657 if (TYPE_IS_PADDING_P (gnu_param_type))
5659 tree unpadded_type = TREE_TYPE (TYPE_FIELDS (gnu_param_type));
5661 if (mech == By_Reference
5663 || (!must_pass_by_ref (unpadded_type)
5664 && (mech == By_Copy || !default_pass_by_ref (unpadded_type))))
5665 gnu_param_type = unpadded_type;
5668 /* If this is a read-only parameter, make a variant of the type that is
5669 read-only. ??? However, if this is an unconstrained array, that type
5670 can be very complex, so skip it for now. Likewise for any other
5671 self-referential type. */
5673 && TREE_CODE (gnu_param_type) != UNCONSTRAINED_ARRAY_TYPE
5674 && !CONTAINS_PLACEHOLDER_P (TYPE_SIZE (gnu_param_type)))
5675 gnu_param_type = build_qualified_type (gnu_param_type,
5676 (TYPE_QUALS (gnu_param_type)
5677 | TYPE_QUAL_CONST));
5679 /* For foreign conventions, pass arrays as pointers to the element type.
5680 First check for unconstrained array and get the underlying array. */
5681 if (foreign && TREE_CODE (gnu_param_type) == UNCONSTRAINED_ARRAY_TYPE)
5683 = TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (TYPE_FIELDS (TREE_TYPE (gnu_param_type))));
5685 /* For GCC builtins, pass Address integer types as (void *) */
5686 if (Convention (gnat_subprog) == Convention_Intrinsic
5687 && Present (Interface_Name (gnat_subprog))
5688 && Is_Descendent_Of_Address (Etype (gnat_param)))
5689 gnu_param_type = ptr_void_type_node;
5691 /* VMS descriptors are themselves passed by reference. */
5692 if (mech == By_Short_Descriptor ||
5693 (mech == By_Descriptor && TARGET_ABI_OPEN_VMS && !flag_vms_malloc64))
5695 = build_pointer_type (build_vms_descriptor32 (gnu_param_type,
5696 Mechanism (gnat_param),
5698 else if (mech == By_Descriptor)
5700 /* Build both a 32-bit and 64-bit descriptor, one of which will be
5701 chosen in fill_vms_descriptor. */
5703 = build_pointer_type (build_vms_descriptor32 (gnu_param_type,
5704 Mechanism (gnat_param),
5707 = build_pointer_type (build_vms_descriptor (gnu_param_type,
5708 Mechanism (gnat_param),
5712 /* Arrays are passed as pointers to element type for foreign conventions. */
5715 && TREE_CODE (gnu_param_type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
5717 /* Strip off any multi-dimensional entries, then strip
5718 off the last array to get the component type. */
5719 while (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (gnu_param_type)) == ARRAY_TYPE
5720 && TYPE_MULTI_ARRAY_P (TREE_TYPE (gnu_param_type)))
5721 gnu_param_type = TREE_TYPE (gnu_param_type);
5723 by_component_ptr = true;
5724 gnu_param_type = TREE_TYPE (gnu_param_type);
5727 gnu_param_type = build_qualified_type (gnu_param_type,
5728 (TYPE_QUALS (gnu_param_type)
5729 | TYPE_QUAL_CONST));
5731 gnu_param_type = build_pointer_type (gnu_param_type);
5734 /* Fat pointers are passed as thin pointers for foreign conventions. */
5735 else if (foreign && TYPE_IS_FAT_POINTER_P (gnu_param_type))
5737 = make_type_from_size (gnu_param_type, size_int (POINTER_SIZE), 0);
5739 /* If we must pass or were requested to pass by reference, do so.
5740 If we were requested to pass by copy, do so.
5741 Otherwise, for foreign conventions, pass In Out or Out parameters
5742 or aggregates by reference. For COBOL and Fortran, pass all
5743 integer and FP types that way too. For Convention Ada, use
5744 the standard Ada default. */
5745 else if (must_pass_by_ref (gnu_param_type)
5746 || mech == By_Reference
5749 && (!in_param || AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (gnu_param_type)))
5751 && (Convention (gnat_subprog) == Convention_Fortran
5752 || Convention (gnat_subprog) == Convention_COBOL)
5753 && (INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (gnu_param_type)
5754 || FLOAT_TYPE_P (gnu_param_type)))
5756 && default_pass_by_ref (gnu_param_type)))))
5758 /* We take advantage of 6.2(12) by considering that references built for
5759 parameters whose type isn't by-ref and for which the mechanism hasn't
5760 been forced to by-ref are restrict-qualified in the C sense. */
5762 = !TYPE_IS_BY_REFERENCE_P (gnu_param_type) && mech != By_Reference;
5763 gnu_param_type = build_reference_type (gnu_param_type);
5766 = build_qualified_type (gnu_param_type, TYPE_QUAL_RESTRICT);
5769 /* In some ABIs, e.g. SPARC 32-bit, fat pointer types are themselves
5770 passed by reference. Pass them by explicit reference, this will
5771 generate more debuggable code at -O0. */
5772 if (TYPE_IS_FAT_POINTER_P (gnu_param_type)
5773 && targetm.calls.pass_by_reference (pack_cumulative_args (NULL),
5774 TYPE_MODE (gnu_param_type),
5778 gnu_param_type = build_reference_type (gnu_param_type);
5779 by_double_ref = true;
5783 /* Pass In Out or Out parameters using copy-in copy-out mechanism. */
5787 if (mech == By_Copy && (by_ref || by_component_ptr))
5788 post_error ("?cannot pass & by copy", gnat_param);
5790 /* If this is an Out parameter that isn't passed by reference and isn't
5791 a pointer or aggregate, we don't make a PARM_DECL for it. Instead,
5792 it will be a VAR_DECL created when we process the procedure, so just
5793 return its type. For the special parameter of a valued procedure,
5796 An exception is made to cover the RM-6.4.1 rule requiring "by copy"
5797 Out parameters with discriminants or implicit initial values to be
5798 handled like In Out parameters. These type are normally built as
5799 aggregates, hence passed by reference, except for some packed arrays
5800 which end up encoded in special integer types.
5802 The exception we need to make is then for packed arrays of records
5803 with discriminants or implicit initial values. We have no light/easy
5804 way to check for the latter case, so we merely check for packed arrays
5805 of records. This may lead to useless copy-in operations, but in very
5806 rare cases only, as these would be exceptions in a set of already
5807 exceptional situations. */
5808 if (Ekind (gnat_param) == E_Out_Parameter
5811 || (mech != By_Descriptor
5812 && mech != By_Short_Descriptor
5813 && !POINTER_TYPE_P (gnu_param_type)
5814 && !AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (gnu_param_type)))
5815 && !(Is_Array_Type (Etype (gnat_param))
5816 && Is_Packed (Etype (gnat_param))
5817 && Is_Composite_Type (Component_Type (Etype (gnat_param)))))
5818 return gnu_param_type;
5820 gnu_param = create_param_decl (gnu_param_name, gnu_param_type,
5821 ro_param || by_ref || by_component_ptr);
5822 DECL_BY_REF_P (gnu_param) = by_ref;
5823 DECL_BY_DOUBLE_REF_P (gnu_param) = by_double_ref;
5824 DECL_BY_COMPONENT_PTR_P (gnu_param) = by_component_ptr;
5825 DECL_BY_DESCRIPTOR_P (gnu_param) = (mech == By_Descriptor ||
5826 mech == By_Short_Descriptor);
5827 /* Note that, in case of a parameter passed by double reference, the
5828 DECL_POINTS_TO_READONLY_P flag is meant for the second reference.
5829 The first reference always points to read-only, as it points to
5830 the second reference, i.e. the reference to the actual parameter. */
5831 DECL_POINTS_TO_READONLY_P (gnu_param)
5832 = (ro_param && (by_ref || by_component_ptr));
5833 DECL_CAN_NEVER_BE_NULL_P (gnu_param) = Can_Never_Be_Null (gnat_param);
5835 /* Save the alternate descriptor type, if any. */
5836 if (gnu_param_type_alt)
5837 SET_DECL_PARM_ALT_TYPE (gnu_param, gnu_param_type_alt);
5839 /* If no Mechanism was specified, indicate what we're using, then
5840 back-annotate it. */
5841 if (mech == Default)
5842 mech = (by_ref || by_component_ptr) ? By_Reference : By_Copy;
5844 Set_Mechanism (gnat_param, mech);
5848 /* Return true if DISCR1 and DISCR2 represent the same discriminant. */
5851 same_discriminant_p (Entity_Id discr1, Entity_Id discr2)
5853 while (Present (Corresponding_Discriminant (discr1)))
5854 discr1 = Corresponding_Discriminant (discr1);
5856 while (Present (Corresponding_Discriminant (discr2)))
5857 discr2 = Corresponding_Discriminant (discr2);
5860 Original_Record_Component (discr1) == Original_Record_Component (discr2);
5863 /* Return true if the array type GNU_TYPE, which represents a dimension of
5864 GNAT_TYPE, has a non-aliased component in the back-end sense. */
5867 array_type_has_nonaliased_component (tree gnu_type, Entity_Id gnat_type)
5869 /* If the array type is not the innermost dimension of the GNAT type,
5870 then it has a non-aliased component. */
5871 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (gnu_type)) == ARRAY_TYPE
5872 && TYPE_MULTI_ARRAY_P (TREE_TYPE (gnu_type)))
5875 /* If the array type has an aliased component in the front-end sense,
5876 then it also has an aliased component in the back-end sense. */
5877 if (Has_Aliased_Components (gnat_type))
5880 /* If this is a derived type, then it has a non-aliased component if
5881 and only if its parent type also has one. */
5882 if (Is_Derived_Type (gnat_type))
5884 tree gnu_parent_type = gnat_to_gnu_type (Etype (gnat_type));
5886 if (TREE_CODE (gnu_parent_type) == UNCONSTRAINED_ARRAY_TYPE)
5888 = TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (TYPE_FIELDS (TREE_TYPE (gnu_parent_type))));
5889 for (index = Number_Dimensions (gnat_type) - 1; index > 0; index--)
5890 gnu_parent_type = TREE_TYPE (gnu_parent_type);
5891 return TYPE_NONALIASED_COMPONENT (gnu_parent_type);
5894 /* Otherwise, rely exclusively on properties of the element type. */
5895 return type_for_nonaliased_component_p (TREE_TYPE (gnu_type));
5898 /* Return true if GNAT_ADDRESS is a value known at compile-time. */
5901 compile_time_known_address_p (Node_Id gnat_address)
5903 /* Catch System'To_Address. */
5904 if (Nkind (gnat_address) == N_Unchecked_Type_Conversion)
5905 gnat_address = Expression (gnat_address);
5907 return Compile_Time_Known_Value (gnat_address);
5910 /* Return true if GNAT_RANGE, a N_Range node, cannot be superflat, i.e. if the
5911 inequality HB >= LB-1 is true. LB and HB are the low and high bounds. */
5914 cannot_be_superflat_p (Node_Id gnat_range)
5916 Node_Id gnat_lb = Low_Bound (gnat_range), gnat_hb = High_Bound (gnat_range);
5917 Node_Id scalar_range;
5918 tree gnu_lb, gnu_hb, gnu_lb_minus_one;
5920 /* If the low bound is not constant, try to find an upper bound. */
5921 while (Nkind (gnat_lb) != N_Integer_Literal
5922 && (Ekind (Etype (gnat_lb)) == E_Signed_Integer_Subtype
5923 || Ekind (Etype (gnat_lb)) == E_Modular_Integer_Subtype)
5924 && (scalar_range = Scalar_Range (Etype (gnat_lb)))
5925 && (Nkind (scalar_range) == N_Signed_Integer_Type_Definition
5926 || Nkind (scalar_range) == N_Range))
5927 gnat_lb = High_Bound (scalar_range);
5929 /* If the high bound is not constant, try to find a lower bound. */
5930 while (Nkind (gnat_hb) != N_Integer_Literal
5931 && (Ekind (Etype (gnat_hb)) == E_Signed_Integer_Subtype
5932 || Ekind (Etype (gnat_hb)) == E_Modular_Integer_Subtype)
5933 && (scalar_range = Scalar_Range (Etype (gnat_hb)))
5934 && (Nkind (scalar_range) == N_Signed_Integer_Type_Definition
5935 || Nkind (scalar_range) == N_Range))
5936 gnat_hb = Low_Bound (scalar_range);
5938 /* If we have failed to find constant bounds, punt. */
5939 if (Nkind (gnat_lb) != N_Integer_Literal
5940 || Nkind (gnat_hb) != N_Integer_Literal)
5943 /* We need at least a signed 64-bit type to catch most cases. */
5944 gnu_lb = UI_To_gnu (Intval (gnat_lb), sbitsizetype);
5945 gnu_hb = UI_To_gnu (Intval (gnat_hb), sbitsizetype);
5946 if (TREE_OVERFLOW (gnu_lb) || TREE_OVERFLOW (gnu_hb))
5949 /* If the low bound is the smallest integer, nothing can be smaller. */
5950 gnu_lb_minus_one = size_binop (MINUS_EXPR, gnu_lb, sbitsize_one_node);
5951 if (TREE_OVERFLOW (gnu_lb_minus_one))
5954 return !tree_int_cst_lt (gnu_hb, gnu_lb_minus_one);
5957 /* Return true if GNU_EXPR is (essentially) the address of a CONSTRUCTOR. */
5960 constructor_address_p (tree gnu_expr)
5962 while (TREE_CODE (gnu_expr) == NOP_EXPR
5963 || TREE_CODE (gnu_expr) == CONVERT_EXPR
5964 || TREE_CODE (gnu_expr) == NON_LVALUE_EXPR)
5965 gnu_expr = TREE_OPERAND (gnu_expr, 0);
5967 return (TREE_CODE (gnu_expr) == ADDR_EXPR
5968 && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (gnu_expr, 0)) == CONSTRUCTOR);
5971 /* Given GNAT_ENTITY, elaborate all expressions that are required to
5972 be elaborated at the point of its definition, but do nothing else. */
5975 elaborate_entity (Entity_Id gnat_entity)
5977 switch (Ekind (gnat_entity))
5979 case E_Signed_Integer_Subtype:
5980 case E_Modular_Integer_Subtype:
5981 case E_Enumeration_Subtype:
5982 case E_Ordinary_Fixed_Point_Subtype:
5983 case E_Decimal_Fixed_Point_Subtype:
5984 case E_Floating_Point_Subtype:
5986 Node_Id gnat_lb = Type_Low_Bound (gnat_entity);
5987 Node_Id gnat_hb = Type_High_Bound (gnat_entity);
5989 /* ??? Tests to avoid Constraint_Error in static expressions
5990 are needed until after the front stops generating bogus
5991 conversions on bounds of real types. */
5992 if (!Raises_Constraint_Error (gnat_lb))
5993 elaborate_expression (gnat_lb, gnat_entity, get_identifier ("L"),
5994 true, false, Needs_Debug_Info (gnat_entity));
5995 if (!Raises_Constraint_Error (gnat_hb))
5996 elaborate_expression (gnat_hb, gnat_entity, get_identifier ("U"),
5997 true, false, Needs_Debug_Info (gnat_entity));
6001 case E_Record_Subtype:
6002 case E_Private_Subtype:
6003 case E_Limited_Private_Subtype:
6004 case E_Record_Subtype_With_Private:
6005 if (Has_Discriminants (gnat_entity) && Is_Constrained (gnat_entity))
6007 Node_Id gnat_discriminant_expr;
6008 Entity_Id gnat_field;
6011 = First_Discriminant (Implementation_Base_Type (gnat_entity)),
6012 gnat_discriminant_expr
6013 = First_Elmt (Discriminant_Constraint (gnat_entity));
6014 Present (gnat_field);
6015 gnat_field = Next_Discriminant (gnat_field),
6016 gnat_discriminant_expr = Next_Elmt (gnat_discriminant_expr))
6017 /* Ignore access discriminants. */
6018 if (!Is_Access_Type (Etype (Node (gnat_discriminant_expr))))
6019 elaborate_expression (Node (gnat_discriminant_expr),
6020 gnat_entity, get_entity_name (gnat_field),
6021 true, false, false);
6028 /* Return true if the size in units represented by GNU_SIZE can be handled by
6029 an allocation. If STATIC_P is true, consider only what can be done with a
6030 static allocation. */
6033 allocatable_size_p (tree gnu_size, bool static_p)
6035 /* We can allocate a fixed size if it is a valid for the middle-end. */
6036 if (TREE_CODE (gnu_size) == INTEGER_CST)
6037 return valid_constant_size_p (gnu_size);
6039 /* We can allocate a variable size if this isn't a static allocation. */
6044 /* Prepend to ATTR_LIST an entry for an attribute with provided TYPE,
6045 NAME, ARGS and ERROR_POINT. */
6048 prepend_one_attribute_to (struct attrib ** attr_list,
6049 enum attr_type attr_type,
6052 Node_Id attr_error_point)
6054 struct attrib * attr = (struct attrib *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct attrib));
6056 attr->type = attr_type;
6057 attr->name = attr_name;
6058 attr->args = attr_args;
6059 attr->error_point = attr_error_point;
6061 attr->next = *attr_list;
6065 /* Prepend to ATTR_LIST the list of attributes for GNAT_ENTITY, if any. */
6068 prepend_attributes (Entity_Id gnat_entity, struct attrib ** attr_list)
6072 /* Attributes are stored as Representation Item pragmas. */
6074 for (gnat_temp = First_Rep_Item (gnat_entity); Present (gnat_temp);
6075 gnat_temp = Next_Rep_Item (gnat_temp))
6076 if (Nkind (gnat_temp) == N_Pragma)
6078 tree gnu_arg0 = NULL_TREE, gnu_arg1 = NULL_TREE;
6079 Node_Id gnat_assoc = Pragma_Argument_Associations (gnat_temp);
6080 enum attr_type etype;
6082 /* Map the kind of pragma at hand. Skip if this is not one
6083 we know how to handle. */
6085 switch (Get_Pragma_Id (Chars (Pragma_Identifier (gnat_temp))))
6087 case Pragma_Machine_Attribute:
6088 etype = ATTR_MACHINE_ATTRIBUTE;
6091 case Pragma_Linker_Alias:
6092 etype = ATTR_LINK_ALIAS;
6095 case Pragma_Linker_Section:
6096 etype = ATTR_LINK_SECTION;
6099 case Pragma_Linker_Constructor:
6100 etype = ATTR_LINK_CONSTRUCTOR;
6103 case Pragma_Linker_Destructor:
6104 etype = ATTR_LINK_DESTRUCTOR;
6107 case Pragma_Weak_External:
6108 etype = ATTR_WEAK_EXTERNAL;
6111 case Pragma_Thread_Local_Storage:
6112 etype = ATTR_THREAD_LOCAL_STORAGE;
6119 /* See what arguments we have and turn them into GCC trees for
6120 attribute handlers. These expect identifier for strings. We
6121 handle at most two arguments, static expressions only. */
6123 if (Present (gnat_assoc) && Present (First (gnat_assoc)))
6125 Node_Id gnat_arg0 = Next (First (gnat_assoc));
6126 Node_Id gnat_arg1 = Empty;
6128 if (Present (gnat_arg0)
6129 && Is_Static_Expression (Expression (gnat_arg0)))
6131 gnu_arg0 = gnat_to_gnu (Expression (gnat_arg0));
6133 if (TREE_CODE (gnu_arg0) == STRING_CST)
6134 gnu_arg0 = get_identifier (TREE_STRING_POINTER (gnu_arg0));
6136 gnat_arg1 = Next (gnat_arg0);
6139 if (Present (gnat_arg1)
6140 && Is_Static_Expression (Expression (gnat_arg1)))
6142 gnu_arg1 = gnat_to_gnu (Expression (gnat_arg1));
6144 if (TREE_CODE (gnu_arg1) == STRING_CST)
6145 gnu_arg1 = get_identifier (TREE_STRING_POINTER (gnu_arg1));
6149 /* Prepend to the list now. Make a list of the argument we might
6150 have, as GCC expects it. */
6151 prepend_one_attribute_to
6154 (gnu_arg1 != NULL_TREE)
6155 ? build_tree_list (NULL_TREE, gnu_arg1) : NULL_TREE,
6156 Present (Next (First (gnat_assoc)))
6157 ? Expression (Next (First (gnat_assoc))) : gnat_temp);
6161 /* Given a GNAT tree GNAT_EXPR, for an expression which is a value within a
6162 type definition (either a bound or a discriminant value) for GNAT_ENTITY,
6163 return the GCC tree to use for that expression. GNU_NAME is the suffix
6164 to use if a variable needs to be created and DEFINITION is true if this
6165 is a definition of GNAT_ENTITY. If NEED_VALUE is true, we need a result;
6166 otherwise, we are just elaborating the expression for side-effects. If
6167 NEED_DEBUG is true, we need a variable for debugging purposes even if it
6168 isn't needed for code generation. */
6171 elaborate_expression (Node_Id gnat_expr, Entity_Id gnat_entity, tree gnu_name,
6172 bool definition, bool need_value, bool need_debug)
6176 /* If we already elaborated this expression (e.g. it was involved
6177 in the definition of a private type), use the old value. */
6178 if (present_gnu_tree (gnat_expr))
6179 return get_gnu_tree (gnat_expr);
6181 /* If we don't need a value and this is static or a discriminant,
6182 we don't need to do anything. */
6184 && (Is_OK_Static_Expression (gnat_expr)
6185 || (Nkind (gnat_expr) == N_Identifier
6186 && Ekind (Entity (gnat_expr)) == E_Discriminant)))
6189 /* If it's a static expression, we don't need a variable for debugging. */
6190 if (need_debug && Is_OK_Static_Expression (gnat_expr))
6193 /* Otherwise, convert this tree to its GCC equivalent and elaborate it. */
6194 gnu_expr = elaborate_expression_1 (gnat_to_gnu (gnat_expr), gnat_entity,
6195 gnu_name, definition, need_debug);
6197 /* Save the expression in case we try to elaborate this entity again. Since
6198 it's not a DECL, don't check it. Don't save if it's a discriminant. */
6199 if (!CONTAINS_PLACEHOLDER_P (gnu_expr))
6200 save_gnu_tree (gnat_expr, gnu_expr, true);
6202 return need_value ? gnu_expr : error_mark_node;
6205 /* Similar, but take a GNU expression and always return a result. */
6208 elaborate_expression_1 (tree gnu_expr, Entity_Id gnat_entity, tree gnu_name,
6209 bool definition, bool need_debug)
6211 const bool expr_public_p = Is_Public (gnat_entity);
6212 const bool expr_global_p = expr_public_p || global_bindings_p ();
6213 bool expr_variable_p, use_variable;
6215 /* In most cases, we won't see a naked FIELD_DECL because a discriminant
6216 reference will have been replaced with a COMPONENT_REF when the type
6217 is being elaborated. However, there are some cases involving child
6218 types where we will. So convert it to a COMPONENT_REF. We hope it
6219 will be at the highest level of the expression in these cases. */
6220 if (TREE_CODE (gnu_expr) == FIELD_DECL)
6221 gnu_expr = build3 (COMPONENT_REF, TREE_TYPE (gnu_expr),
6222 build0 (PLACEHOLDER_EXPR, DECL_CONTEXT (gnu_expr)),
6223 gnu_expr, NULL_TREE);
6225 /* If GNU_EXPR contains a placeholder, just return it. We rely on the fact
6226 that an expression cannot contain both a discriminant and a variable. */
6227 if (CONTAINS_PLACEHOLDER_P (gnu_expr))
6230 /* If GNU_EXPR is neither a constant nor based on a read-only variable, make
6231 a variable that is initialized to contain the expression when the package
6232 containing the definition is elaborated. If this entity is defined at top
6233 level, replace the expression by the variable; otherwise use a SAVE_EXPR
6234 if this is necessary. */
6235 if (CONSTANT_CLASS_P (gnu_expr))
6236 expr_variable_p = false;
6239 /* Skip any conversions and simple arithmetics to see if the expression
6240 is based on a read-only variable.
6241 ??? This really should remain read-only, but we have to think about
6242 the typing of the tree here. */
6244 = skip_simple_arithmetic (remove_conversions (gnu_expr, true));
6246 if (handled_component_p (inner))
6248 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize, bitpos;
6250 enum machine_mode mode;
6251 int unsignedp, volatilep;
6253 inner = get_inner_reference (inner, &bitsize, &bitpos, &offset,
6254 &mode, &unsignedp, &volatilep, false);
6255 /* If the offset is variable, err on the side of caution. */
6262 && TREE_CODE (inner) == VAR_DECL
6263 && (TREE_READONLY (inner) || DECL_READONLY_ONCE_ELAB (inner)));
6266 /* We only need to use the variable if we are in a global context since GCC
6267 can do the right thing in the local case. However, when not optimizing,
6268 use it for bounds of loop iteration scheme to avoid code duplication. */
6269 use_variable = expr_variable_p
6273 && Is_Itype (gnat_entity)
6274 && Nkind (Associated_Node_For_Itype (gnat_entity))
6275 == N_Loop_Parameter_Specification));
6277 /* Now create it, possibly only for debugging purposes. */
6278 if (use_variable || need_debug)
6282 (create_concat_name (gnat_entity, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (gnu_name)),
6283 NULL_TREE, TREE_TYPE (gnu_expr), gnu_expr, true, expr_public_p,
6284 !definition, expr_global_p, !need_debug, NULL, gnat_entity);
6290 return expr_variable_p ? gnat_save_expr (gnu_expr) : gnu_expr;
6293 /* Similar, but take an alignment factor and make it explicit in the tree. */
6296 elaborate_expression_2 (tree gnu_expr, Entity_Id gnat_entity, tree gnu_name,
6297 bool definition, bool need_debug, unsigned int align)
6299 tree unit_align = size_int (align / BITS_PER_UNIT);
6301 size_binop (MULT_EXPR,
6302 elaborate_expression_1 (size_binop (EXACT_DIV_EXPR,
6305 gnat_entity, gnu_name, definition,
6310 /* Given a GNU tree and a GNAT list of choices, generate an expression to test
6311 the value passed against the list of choices. */
6314 choices_to_gnu (tree operand, Node_Id choices)
6318 tree result = boolean_false_node;
6319 tree this_test, low = 0, high = 0, single = 0;
6321 for (choice = First (choices); Present (choice); choice = Next (choice))
6323 switch (Nkind (choice))
6326 low = gnat_to_gnu (Low_Bound (choice));
6327 high = gnat_to_gnu (High_Bound (choice));
6330 = build_binary_op (TRUTH_ANDIF_EXPR, boolean_type_node,
6331 build_binary_op (GE_EXPR, boolean_type_node,
6333 build_binary_op (LE_EXPR, boolean_type_node,
6338 case N_Subtype_Indication:
6339 gnat_temp = Range_Expression (Constraint (choice));
6340 low = gnat_to_gnu (Low_Bound (gnat_temp));
6341 high = gnat_to_gnu (High_Bound (gnat_temp));
6344 = build_binary_op (TRUTH_ANDIF_EXPR, boolean_type_node,
6345 build_binary_op (GE_EXPR, boolean_type_node,
6347 build_binary_op (LE_EXPR, boolean_type_node,
6352 case N_Expanded_Name:
6353 /* This represents either a subtype range, an enumeration
6354 literal, or a constant Ekind says which. If an enumeration
6355 literal or constant, fall through to the next case. */
6356 if (Ekind (Entity (choice)) != E_Enumeration_Literal
6357 && Ekind (Entity (choice)) != E_Constant)
6359 tree type = gnat_to_gnu_type (Entity (choice));
6361 low = TYPE_MIN_VALUE (type);
6362 high = TYPE_MAX_VALUE (type);
6365 = build_binary_op (TRUTH_ANDIF_EXPR, boolean_type_node,
6366 build_binary_op (GE_EXPR, boolean_type_node,
6368 build_binary_op (LE_EXPR, boolean_type_node,
6373 /* ... fall through ... */
6375 case N_Character_Literal:
6376 case N_Integer_Literal:
6377 single = gnat_to_gnu (choice);
6378 this_test = build_binary_op (EQ_EXPR, boolean_type_node, operand,
6382 case N_Others_Choice:
6383 this_test = boolean_true_node;
6390 result = build_binary_op (TRUTH_ORIF_EXPR, boolean_type_node, result,
6397 /* Adjust PACKED setting as passed to gnat_to_gnu_field for a field of
6398 type FIELD_TYPE to be placed in RECORD_TYPE. Return the result. */
6401 adjust_packed (tree field_type, tree record_type, int packed)
6403 /* If the field contains an item of variable size, we cannot pack it
6404 because we cannot create temporaries of non-fixed size in case
6405 we need to take the address of the field. See addressable_p and
6406 the notes on the addressability issues for further details. */
6407 if (type_has_variable_size (field_type))
6410 /* If the alignment of the record is specified and the field type
6411 is over-aligned, request Storage_Unit alignment for the field. */
6414 if (TYPE_ALIGN (field_type) > TYPE_ALIGN (record_type))
6423 /* Return a GCC tree for a field corresponding to GNAT_FIELD to be
6424 placed in GNU_RECORD_TYPE.
6426 PACKED is 1 if the enclosing record is packed, -1 if the enclosing
6427 record has Component_Alignment of Storage_Unit, -2 if the enclosing
6428 record has a specified alignment.
6430 DEFINITION is true if this field is for a record being defined.
6432 DEBUG_INFO_P is true if we need to write debug information for types
6433 that we may create in the process. */
6436 gnat_to_gnu_field (Entity_Id gnat_field, tree gnu_record_type, int packed,
6437 bool definition, bool debug_info_p)
6439 const Entity_Id gnat_field_type = Etype (gnat_field);
6440 tree gnu_field_type = gnat_to_gnu_type (gnat_field_type);
6441 tree gnu_field_id = get_entity_name (gnat_field);
6442 tree gnu_field, gnu_size, gnu_pos;
6444 = (Treat_As_Volatile (gnat_field) || Treat_As_Volatile (gnat_field_type));
6445 bool needs_strict_alignment
6447 || Is_Aliased (gnat_field)
6448 || Strict_Alignment (gnat_field_type));
6450 /* If this field requires strict alignment, we cannot pack it because
6451 it would very likely be under-aligned in the record. */
6452 if (needs_strict_alignment)
6455 packed = adjust_packed (gnu_field_type, gnu_record_type, packed);
6457 /* If a size is specified, use it. Otherwise, if the record type is packed,
6458 use the official RM size. See "Handling of Type'Size Values" in Einfo
6459 for further details. */
6460 if (Known_Esize (gnat_field))
6461 gnu_size = validate_size (Esize (gnat_field), gnu_field_type,
6462 gnat_field, FIELD_DECL, false, true);
6463 else if (packed == 1)
6464 gnu_size = validate_size (RM_Size (gnat_field_type), gnu_field_type,
6465 gnat_field, FIELD_DECL, false, true);
6467 gnu_size = NULL_TREE;
6469 /* If we have a specified size that is smaller than that of the field's type,
6470 or a position is specified, and the field's type is a record that doesn't
6471 require strict alignment, see if we can get either an integral mode form
6472 of the type or a smaller form. If we can, show a size was specified for
6473 the field if there wasn't one already, so we know to make this a bitfield
6474 and avoid making things wider.
6476 Changing to an integral mode form is useful when the record is packed as
6477 we can then place the field at a non-byte-aligned position and so achieve
6478 tighter packing. This is in addition required if the field shares a byte
6479 with another field and the front-end lets the back-end handle the access
6480 to the field, because GCC cannot handle non-byte-aligned BLKmode fields.
6482 Changing to a smaller form is required if the specified size is smaller
6483 than that of the field's type and the type contains sub-fields that are
6484 padded, in order to avoid generating accesses to these sub-fields that
6485 are wider than the field.
6487 We avoid the transformation if it is not required or potentially useful,
6488 as it might entail an increase of the field's alignment and have ripple
6489 effects on the outer record type. A typical case is a field known to be
6490 byte-aligned and not to share a byte with another field. */
6491 if (!needs_strict_alignment
6492 && RECORD_OR_UNION_TYPE_P (gnu_field_type)
6493 && !TYPE_FAT_POINTER_P (gnu_field_type)
6494 && host_integerp (TYPE_SIZE (gnu_field_type), 1)
6497 && (tree_int_cst_lt (gnu_size, TYPE_SIZE (gnu_field_type))
6498 || (Present (Component_Clause (gnat_field))
6499 && !(UI_To_Int (Component_Bit_Offset (gnat_field))
6500 % BITS_PER_UNIT == 0
6501 && value_factor_p (gnu_size, BITS_PER_UNIT)))))))
6503 tree gnu_packable_type = make_packable_type (gnu_field_type, true);
6504 if (gnu_packable_type != gnu_field_type)
6506 gnu_field_type = gnu_packable_type;
6508 gnu_size = rm_size (gnu_field_type);
6512 if (Is_Atomic (gnat_field))
6513 check_ok_for_atomic (gnu_field_type, gnat_field, false);
6515 if (Present (Component_Clause (gnat_field)))
6517 Entity_Id gnat_parent
6518 = Parent_Subtype (Underlying_Type (Scope (gnat_field)));
6520 gnu_pos = UI_To_gnu (Component_Bit_Offset (gnat_field), bitsizetype);
6521 gnu_size = validate_size (Esize (gnat_field), gnu_field_type,
6522 gnat_field, FIELD_DECL, false, true);
6524 /* Ensure the position does not overlap with the parent subtype, if there
6525 is one. This test is omitted if the parent of the tagged type has a
6526 full rep clause since, in this case, component clauses are allowed to
6527 overlay the space allocated for the parent type and the front-end has
6528 checked that there are no overlapping components. */
6529 if (Present (gnat_parent) && !Is_Fully_Repped_Tagged_Type (gnat_parent))
6531 tree gnu_parent = gnat_to_gnu_type (gnat_parent);
6533 if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_SIZE (gnu_parent)) == INTEGER_CST
6534 && tree_int_cst_lt (gnu_pos, TYPE_SIZE (gnu_parent)))
6537 ("offset of& must be beyond parent{, minimum allowed is ^}",
6538 First_Bit (Component_Clause (gnat_field)), gnat_field,
6539 TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (gnu_parent));
6543 /* If this field needs strict alignment, check that the record is
6544 sufficiently aligned and that position and size are consistent with
6545 the alignment. But don't do it if we are just annotating types and
6546 the field's type is tagged, since tagged types aren't fully laid out
6547 in this mode. Also, note that atomic implies volatile so the inner
6548 test sequences ordering is significant here. */
6549 if (needs_strict_alignment
6550 && !(type_annotate_only && Is_Tagged_Type (gnat_field_type)))
6552 TYPE_ALIGN (gnu_record_type)
6553 = MAX (TYPE_ALIGN (gnu_record_type), TYPE_ALIGN (gnu_field_type));
6556 && !operand_equal_p (gnu_size, TYPE_SIZE (gnu_field_type), 0))
6558 if (Is_Atomic (gnat_field) || Is_Atomic (gnat_field_type))
6560 ("atomic field& must be natural size of type{ (^)}",
6561 Last_Bit (Component_Clause (gnat_field)), gnat_field,
6562 TYPE_SIZE (gnu_field_type));
6564 else if (is_volatile)
6566 ("volatile field& must be natural size of type{ (^)}",
6567 Last_Bit (Component_Clause (gnat_field)), gnat_field,
6568 TYPE_SIZE (gnu_field_type));
6570 else if (Is_Aliased (gnat_field))
6572 ("size of aliased field& must be ^ bits",
6573 Last_Bit (Component_Clause (gnat_field)), gnat_field,
6574 TYPE_SIZE (gnu_field_type));
6576 else if (Strict_Alignment (gnat_field_type))
6578 ("size of & with aliased or tagged components not ^ bits",
6579 Last_Bit (Component_Clause (gnat_field)), gnat_field,
6580 TYPE_SIZE (gnu_field_type));
6585 gnu_size = NULL_TREE;
6588 if (!integer_zerop (size_binop
6589 (TRUNC_MOD_EXPR, gnu_pos,
6590 bitsize_int (TYPE_ALIGN (gnu_field_type)))))
6592 if (Is_Atomic (gnat_field) || Is_Atomic (gnat_field_type))
6594 ("position of atomic field& must be multiple of ^ bits",
6595 First_Bit (Component_Clause (gnat_field)), gnat_field,
6596 TYPE_ALIGN (gnu_field_type));
6598 else if (is_volatile)
6600 ("position of volatile field& must be multiple of ^ bits",
6601 First_Bit (Component_Clause (gnat_field)), gnat_field,
6602 TYPE_ALIGN (gnu_field_type));
6604 else if (Is_Aliased (gnat_field))
6606 ("position of aliased field& must be multiple of ^ bits",
6607 First_Bit (Component_Clause (gnat_field)), gnat_field,
6608 TYPE_ALIGN (gnu_field_type));
6610 else if (Strict_Alignment (gnat_field_type))
6612 ("position of & is not compatible with alignment required "
6613 "by its components",
6614 First_Bit (Component_Clause (gnat_field)), gnat_field);
6619 gnu_pos = NULL_TREE;
6624 /* If the record has rep clauses and this is the tag field, make a rep
6625 clause for it as well. */
6626 else if (Has_Specified_Layout (Scope (gnat_field))
6627 && Chars (gnat_field) == Name_uTag)
6629 gnu_pos = bitsize_zero_node;
6630 gnu_size = TYPE_SIZE (gnu_field_type);
6635 gnu_pos = NULL_TREE;
6637 /* If we are packing the record and the field is BLKmode, round the
6638 size up to a byte boundary. */
6639 if (packed && TYPE_MODE (gnu_field_type) == BLKmode && gnu_size)
6640 gnu_size = round_up (gnu_size, BITS_PER_UNIT);
6643 /* We need to make the size the maximum for the type if it is
6644 self-referential and an unconstrained type. In that case, we can't
6645 pack the field since we can't make a copy to align it. */
6646 if (TREE_CODE (gnu_field_type) == RECORD_TYPE
6648 && CONTAINS_PLACEHOLDER_P (TYPE_SIZE (gnu_field_type))
6649 && !Is_Constrained (Underlying_Type (gnat_field_type)))
6651 gnu_size = max_size (TYPE_SIZE (gnu_field_type), true);
6655 /* If a size is specified, adjust the field's type to it. */
6658 tree orig_field_type;
6660 /* If the field's type is justified modular, we would need to remove
6661 the wrapper to (better) meet the layout requirements. However we
6662 can do so only if the field is not aliased to preserve the unique
6663 layout and if the prescribed size is not greater than that of the
6664 packed array to preserve the justification. */
6665 if (!needs_strict_alignment
6666 && TREE_CODE (gnu_field_type) == RECORD_TYPE
6667 && TYPE_JUSTIFIED_MODULAR_P (gnu_field_type)
6668 && tree_int_cst_compare (gnu_size, TYPE_ADA_SIZE (gnu_field_type))
6670 gnu_field_type = TREE_TYPE (TYPE_FIELDS (gnu_field_type));
6673 = make_type_from_size (gnu_field_type, gnu_size,
6674 Has_Biased_Representation (gnat_field));
6676 orig_field_type = gnu_field_type;
6677 gnu_field_type = maybe_pad_type (gnu_field_type, gnu_size, 0, gnat_field,
6678 false, false, definition, true);
6680 /* If a padding record was made, declare it now since it will never be
6681 declared otherwise. This is necessary to ensure that its subtrees
6682 are properly marked. */
6683 if (gnu_field_type != orig_field_type
6684 && !DECL_P (TYPE_NAME (gnu_field_type)))
6685 create_type_decl (TYPE_NAME (gnu_field_type), gnu_field_type, NULL,
6686 true, debug_info_p, gnat_field);
6689 /* Otherwise (or if there was an error), don't specify a position. */
6691 gnu_pos = NULL_TREE;
6693 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (gnu_field_type) != RECORD_TYPE
6694 || !TYPE_CONTAINS_TEMPLATE_P (gnu_field_type));
6696 /* Now create the decl for the field. */
6698 = create_field_decl (gnu_field_id, gnu_field_type, gnu_record_type,
6699 gnu_size, gnu_pos, packed, Is_Aliased (gnat_field));
6700 Sloc_to_locus (Sloc (gnat_field), &DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (gnu_field));
6701 DECL_ALIASED_P (gnu_field) = Is_Aliased (gnat_field);
6702 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (gnu_field) = TREE_SIDE_EFFECTS (gnu_field) = is_volatile;
6704 if (Ekind (gnat_field) == E_Discriminant)
6705 DECL_DISCRIMINANT_NUMBER (gnu_field)
6706 = UI_To_gnu (Discriminant_Number (gnat_field), sizetype);
6711 /* Return true if at least one member of COMPONENT_LIST needs strict
6715 components_need_strict_alignment (Node_Id component_list)
6717 Node_Id component_decl;
6719 for (component_decl = First_Non_Pragma (Component_Items (component_list));
6720 Present (component_decl);
6721 component_decl = Next_Non_Pragma (component_decl))
6723 Entity_Id gnat_field = Defining_Entity (component_decl);
6725 if (Is_Aliased (gnat_field))
6728 if (Strict_Alignment (Etype (gnat_field)))
6735 /* Return true if TYPE is a type with variable size or a padding type with a
6736 field of variable size or a record that has a field with such a type. */
6739 type_has_variable_size (tree type)
6743 if (!TREE_CONSTANT (TYPE_SIZE (type)))
6746 if (TYPE_IS_PADDING_P (type)
6747 && !TREE_CONSTANT (DECL_SIZE (TYPE_FIELDS (type))))
6750 if (!RECORD_OR_UNION_TYPE_P (type))
6753 for (field = TYPE_FIELDS (type); field; field = DECL_CHAIN (field))
6754 if (type_has_variable_size (TREE_TYPE (field)))
6760 /* Return true if FIELD is an artificial field. */
6763 field_is_artificial (tree field)
6765 /* These fields are generated by the front-end proper. */
6766 if (IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (field)) [0] == '_')
6769 /* These fields are generated by gigi. */
6770 if (DECL_INTERNAL_P (field))
6776 /* Return true if FIELD is a non-artificial aliased field. */
6779 field_is_aliased (tree field)
6781 if (field_is_artificial (field))
6784 return DECL_ALIASED_P (field);
6787 /* Return true if FIELD is a non-artificial field with self-referential
6791 field_has_self_size (tree field)
6793 if (field_is_artificial (field))
6796 if (DECL_SIZE (field) && TREE_CODE (DECL_SIZE (field)) == INTEGER_CST)
6799 return CONTAINS_PLACEHOLDER_P (TYPE_SIZE (TREE_TYPE (field)));
6802 /* Return true if FIELD is a non-artificial field with variable size. */
6805 field_has_variable_size (tree field)
6807 if (field_is_artificial (field))
6810 if (DECL_SIZE (field) && TREE_CODE (DECL_SIZE (field)) == INTEGER_CST)
6813 return TREE_CODE (TYPE_SIZE (TREE_TYPE (field))) != INTEGER_CST;
6816 /* qsort comparer for the bit positions of two record components. */
6819 compare_field_bitpos (const PTR rt1, const PTR rt2)
6821 const_tree const field1 = * (const_tree const *) rt1;
6822 const_tree const field2 = * (const_tree const *) rt2;
6824 = tree_int_cst_compare (bit_position (field1), bit_position (field2));
6826 return ret ? ret : (int) (DECL_UID (field1) - DECL_UID (field2));
6829 /* Translate and chain the GNAT_COMPONENT_LIST to the GNU_FIELD_LIST, set
6830 the result as the field list of GNU_RECORD_TYPE and finish it up. When
6831 called from gnat_to_gnu_entity during the processing of a record type
6832 definition, the GCC node for the parent, if any, will be the single field
6833 of GNU_RECORD_TYPE and the GCC nodes for the discriminants will be on the
6834 GNU_FIELD_LIST. The other calls to this function are recursive calls for
6835 the component list of a variant and, in this case, GNU_FIELD_LIST is empty.
6837 PACKED is 1 if this is for a packed record, -1 if this is for a record
6838 with Component_Alignment of Storage_Unit, -2 if this is for a record
6839 with a specified alignment.
6841 DEFINITION is true if we are defining this record type.
6843 CANCEL_ALIGNMENT is true if the alignment should be zeroed before laying
6844 out the record. This means the alignment only serves to force fields to
6845 be bitfields, but not to require the record to be that aligned. This is
6848 ALL_REP is true if a rep clause is present for all the fields.
6850 UNCHECKED_UNION is true if we are building this type for a record with a
6851 Pragma Unchecked_Union.
6853 ARTIFICIAL is true if this is a type that was generated by the compiler.
6855 DEBUG_INFO is true if we need to write debug information about the type.
6857 MAYBE_UNUSED is true if this type may be unused in the end; this doesn't
6858 mean that its contents may be unused as well, only the container itself.
6860 REORDER is true if we are permitted to reorder components of this type.
6862 FIRST_FREE_POS, if nonzero, is the first (lowest) free field position in
6863 the outer record type down to this variant level. It is nonzero only if
6864 all the fields down to this level have a rep clause and ALL_REP is false.
6866 P_GNU_REP_LIST, if nonzero, is a pointer to a list to which each field
6867 with a rep clause is to be added; in this case, that is all that should
6868 be done with such fields. */
6871 components_to_record (tree gnu_record_type, Node_Id gnat_component_list,
6872 tree gnu_field_list, int packed, bool definition,
6873 bool cancel_alignment, bool all_rep,
6874 bool unchecked_union, bool artificial,
6875 bool debug_info, bool maybe_unused, bool reorder,
6876 tree first_free_pos, tree *p_gnu_rep_list)
6878 bool all_rep_and_size = all_rep && TYPE_SIZE (gnu_record_type);
6879 bool layout_with_rep = false;
6880 bool has_self_field = false;
6881 bool has_aliased_after_self_field = false;
6882 Node_Id component_decl, variant_part;
6883 tree gnu_field, gnu_next, gnu_last;
6884 tree gnu_rep_part = NULL_TREE;
6885 tree gnu_variant_part = NULL_TREE;
6886 tree gnu_rep_list = NULL_TREE;
6887 tree gnu_var_list = NULL_TREE;
6888 tree gnu_self_list = NULL_TREE;
6890 /* For each component referenced in a component declaration create a GCC
6891 field and add it to the list, skipping pragmas in the GNAT list. */
6892 gnu_last = tree_last (gnu_field_list);
6893 if (Present (Component_Items (gnat_component_list)))
6895 = First_Non_Pragma (Component_Items (gnat_component_list));
6896 Present (component_decl);
6897 component_decl = Next_Non_Pragma (component_decl))
6899 Entity_Id gnat_field = Defining_Entity (component_decl);
6900 Name_Id gnat_name = Chars (gnat_field);
6902 /* If present, the _Parent field must have been created as the single
6903 field of the record type. Put it before any other fields. */
6904 if (gnat_name == Name_uParent)
6906 gnu_field = TYPE_FIELDS (gnu_record_type);
6907 gnu_field_list = chainon (gnu_field_list, gnu_field);
6911 gnu_field = gnat_to_gnu_field (gnat_field, gnu_record_type, packed,
6912 definition, debug_info);
6914 /* If this is the _Tag field, put it before any other fields. */
6915 if (gnat_name == Name_uTag)
6916 gnu_field_list = chainon (gnu_field_list, gnu_field);
6918 /* If this is the _Controller field, put it before the other
6919 fields except for the _Tag or _Parent field. */
6920 else if (gnat_name == Name_uController && gnu_last)
6922 DECL_CHAIN (gnu_field) = DECL_CHAIN (gnu_last);
6923 DECL_CHAIN (gnu_last) = gnu_field;
6926 /* If this is a regular field, put it after the other fields. */
6929 DECL_CHAIN (gnu_field) = gnu_field_list;
6930 gnu_field_list = gnu_field;
6932 gnu_last = gnu_field;
6934 /* And record information for the final layout. */
6935 if (field_has_self_size (gnu_field))
6936 has_self_field = true;
6937 else if (has_self_field && field_is_aliased (gnu_field))
6938 has_aliased_after_self_field = true;
6942 save_gnu_tree (gnat_field, gnu_field, false);
6945 /* At the end of the component list there may be a variant part. */
6946 variant_part = Variant_Part (gnat_component_list);
6948 /* We create a QUAL_UNION_TYPE for the variant part since the variants are
6949 mutually exclusive and should go in the same memory. To do this we need
6950 to treat each variant as a record whose elements are created from the
6951 component list for the variant. So here we create the records from the
6952 lists for the variants and put them all into the QUAL_UNION_TYPE.
6953 If this is an Unchecked_Union, we make a UNION_TYPE instead or
6954 use GNU_RECORD_TYPE if there are no fields so far. */
6955 if (Present (variant_part))
6957 Node_Id gnat_discr = Name (variant_part), variant;
6958 tree gnu_discr = gnat_to_gnu (gnat_discr);
6959 tree gnu_name = TYPE_NAME (gnu_record_type);
6961 = concat_name (get_identifier (Get_Name_String (Chars (gnat_discr))),
6963 tree gnu_union_type, gnu_union_name;
6964 tree this_first_free_pos, gnu_variant_list = NULL_TREE;
6965 bool union_field_needs_strict_alignment = false;
6967 if (TREE_CODE (gnu_name) == TYPE_DECL)
6968 gnu_name = DECL_NAME (gnu_name);
6971 = concat_name (gnu_name, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (gnu_var_name));
6973 /* Reuse the enclosing union if this is an Unchecked_Union whose fields
6974 are all in the variant part, to match the layout of C unions. There
6975 is an associated check below. */
6976 if (TREE_CODE (gnu_record_type) == UNION_TYPE)
6977 gnu_union_type = gnu_record_type;
6981 = make_node (unchecked_union ? UNION_TYPE : QUAL_UNION_TYPE);
6983 TYPE_NAME (gnu_union_type) = gnu_union_name;
6984 TYPE_ALIGN (gnu_union_type) = 0;
6985 TYPE_PACKED (gnu_union_type) = TYPE_PACKED (gnu_record_type);
6988 /* If all the fields down to this level have a rep clause, find out
6989 whether all the fields at this level also have one. If so, then
6990 compute the new first free position to be passed downward. */
6991 this_first_free_pos = first_free_pos;
6992 if (this_first_free_pos)
6994 for (gnu_field = gnu_field_list;
6996 gnu_field = DECL_CHAIN (gnu_field))
6997 if (DECL_FIELD_OFFSET (gnu_field))
6999 tree pos = bit_position (gnu_field);
7000 if (!tree_int_cst_lt (pos, this_first_free_pos))
7002 = size_binop (PLUS_EXPR, pos, DECL_SIZE (gnu_field));
7006 this_first_free_pos = NULL_TREE;
7011 for (variant = First_Non_Pragma (Variants (variant_part));
7013 variant = Next_Non_Pragma (variant))
7015 tree gnu_variant_type = make_node (RECORD_TYPE);
7016 tree gnu_inner_name;
7019 Get_Variant_Encoding (variant);
7020 gnu_inner_name = get_identifier_with_length (Name_Buffer, Name_Len);
7021 TYPE_NAME (gnu_variant_type)
7022 = concat_name (gnu_union_name,
7023 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (gnu_inner_name));
7025 /* Set the alignment of the inner type in case we need to make
7026 inner objects into bitfields, but then clear it out so the
7027 record actually gets only the alignment required. */
7028 TYPE_ALIGN (gnu_variant_type) = TYPE_ALIGN (gnu_record_type);
7029 TYPE_PACKED (gnu_variant_type) = TYPE_PACKED (gnu_record_type);
7031 /* Similarly, if the outer record has a size specified and all
7032 the fields have a rep clause, we can propagate the size. */
7033 if (all_rep_and_size)
7035 TYPE_SIZE (gnu_variant_type) = TYPE_SIZE (gnu_record_type);
7036 TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (gnu_variant_type)
7037 = TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (gnu_record_type);
7040 /* Add the fields into the record type for the variant. Note that
7041 we aren't sure to really use it at this point, see below. */
7042 components_to_record (gnu_variant_type, Component_List (variant),
7043 NULL_TREE, packed, definition,
7044 !all_rep_and_size, all_rep, unchecked_union,
7045 true, debug_info, true, reorder,
7046 this_first_free_pos,
7047 all_rep || this_first_free_pos
7048 ? NULL : &gnu_rep_list);
7050 gnu_qual = choices_to_gnu (gnu_discr, Discrete_Choices (variant));
7051 Set_Present_Expr (variant, annotate_value (gnu_qual));
7053 /* If this is an Unchecked_Union whose fields are all in the variant
7054 part and we have a single field with no representation clause or
7055 placed at offset zero, use the field directly to match the layout
7057 if (TREE_CODE (gnu_record_type) == UNION_TYPE
7058 && (gnu_field = TYPE_FIELDS (gnu_variant_type)) != NULL_TREE
7059 && !DECL_CHAIN (gnu_field)
7060 && (!DECL_FIELD_OFFSET (gnu_field)
7061 || integer_zerop (bit_position (gnu_field))))
7062 DECL_CONTEXT (gnu_field) = gnu_union_type;
7065 /* Deal with packedness like in gnat_to_gnu_field. */
7066 bool field_needs_strict_alignment
7067 = components_need_strict_alignment (Component_List (variant));
7070 if (field_needs_strict_alignment)
7073 union_field_needs_strict_alignment = true;
7077 = adjust_packed (gnu_variant_type, gnu_record_type, packed);
7079 /* Finalize the record type now. We used to throw away
7080 empty records but we no longer do that because we need
7081 them to generate complete debug info for the variant;
7082 otherwise, the union type definition will be lacking
7083 the fields associated with these empty variants. */
7084 rest_of_record_type_compilation (gnu_variant_type);
7085 create_type_decl (TYPE_NAME (gnu_variant_type), gnu_variant_type,
7086 NULL, true, debug_info, gnat_component_list);
7089 = create_field_decl (gnu_inner_name, gnu_variant_type,
7092 ? TYPE_SIZE (gnu_variant_type) : 0,
7093 all_rep ? bitsize_zero_node : 0,
7096 DECL_INTERNAL_P (gnu_field) = 1;
7098 if (!unchecked_union)
7099 DECL_QUALIFIER (gnu_field) = gnu_qual;
7102 DECL_CHAIN (gnu_field) = gnu_variant_list;
7103 gnu_variant_list = gnu_field;
7106 /* Only make the QUAL_UNION_TYPE if there are non-empty variants. */
7107 if (gnu_variant_list)
7109 int union_field_packed;
7111 if (all_rep_and_size)
7113 TYPE_SIZE (gnu_union_type) = TYPE_SIZE (gnu_record_type);
7114 TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (gnu_union_type)
7115 = TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (gnu_record_type);
7118 finish_record_type (gnu_union_type, nreverse (gnu_variant_list),
7119 all_rep_and_size ? 1 : 0, debug_info);
7121 /* If GNU_UNION_TYPE is our record type, it means we must have an
7122 Unchecked_Union with no fields. Verify that and, if so, just
7124 if (gnu_union_type == gnu_record_type)
7126 gcc_assert (unchecked_union
7132 create_type_decl (TYPE_NAME (gnu_union_type), gnu_union_type,
7133 NULL, true, debug_info, gnat_component_list);
7135 /* Deal with packedness like in gnat_to_gnu_field. */
7136 if (union_field_needs_strict_alignment)
7137 union_field_packed = 0;
7140 = adjust_packed (gnu_union_type, gnu_record_type, packed);
7143 = create_field_decl (gnu_var_name, gnu_union_type, gnu_record_type,
7145 ? TYPE_SIZE (gnu_union_type) : 0,
7146 all_rep || this_first_free_pos
7147 ? bitsize_zero_node : 0,
7148 union_field_packed, 0);
7150 DECL_INTERNAL_P (gnu_variant_part) = 1;
7154 /* From now on, a zero FIRST_FREE_POS is totally useless. */
7155 if (first_free_pos && integer_zerop (first_free_pos))
7156 first_free_pos = NULL_TREE;
7158 /* Scan GNU_FIELD_LIST and see if any fields have rep clauses and, if we are
7159 permitted to reorder components, self-referential sizes or variable sizes.
7160 If they do, pull them out and put them onto the appropriate list. We have
7161 to do this in a separate pass since we want to handle the discriminants
7162 but can't play with them until we've used them in debugging data above.
7164 ??? If we reorder them, debugging information will be wrong but there is
7165 nothing that can be done about this at the moment. */
7166 gnu_last = NULL_TREE;
7168 #define MOVE_FROM_FIELD_LIST_TO(LIST) \
7171 DECL_CHAIN (gnu_last) = gnu_next; \
7173 gnu_field_list = gnu_next; \
7175 DECL_CHAIN (gnu_field) = (LIST); \
7176 (LIST) = gnu_field; \
7179 for (gnu_field = gnu_field_list; gnu_field; gnu_field = gnu_next)
7181 gnu_next = DECL_CHAIN (gnu_field);
7183 if (DECL_FIELD_OFFSET (gnu_field))
7185 MOVE_FROM_FIELD_LIST_TO (gnu_rep_list);
7189 if ((reorder || has_aliased_after_self_field)
7190 && field_has_self_size (gnu_field))
7192 MOVE_FROM_FIELD_LIST_TO (gnu_self_list);
7196 if (reorder && field_has_variable_size (gnu_field))
7198 MOVE_FROM_FIELD_LIST_TO (gnu_var_list);
7202 gnu_last = gnu_field;
7205 #undef MOVE_FROM_FIELD_LIST_TO
7207 /* If permitted, we reorder the fields as follows:
7209 1) all fixed length fields,
7210 2) all fields whose length doesn't depend on discriminants,
7211 3) all fields whose length depends on discriminants,
7212 4) the variant part,
7214 within the record and within each variant recursively. */
7217 = chainon (nreverse (gnu_self_list),
7218 chainon (nreverse (gnu_var_list), gnu_field_list));
7220 /* Otherwise, if there is an aliased field placed after a field whose length
7221 depends on discriminants, we put all the fields of the latter sort, last.
7222 We need to do this in case an object of this record type is mutable. */
7223 else if (has_aliased_after_self_field)
7224 gnu_field_list = chainon (nreverse (gnu_self_list), gnu_field_list);
7226 /* If P_REP_LIST is nonzero, this means that we are asked to move the fields
7227 in our REP list to the previous level because this level needs them in
7228 order to do a correct layout, i.e. avoid having overlapping fields. */
7229 if (p_gnu_rep_list && gnu_rep_list)
7230 *p_gnu_rep_list = chainon (*p_gnu_rep_list, gnu_rep_list);
7232 /* Otherwise, sort the fields by bit position and put them into their own
7233 record, before the others, if we also have fields without rep clause. */
7234 else if (gnu_rep_list)
7237 = (gnu_field_list ? make_node (RECORD_TYPE) : gnu_record_type);
7238 int i, len = list_length (gnu_rep_list);
7239 tree *gnu_arr = XALLOCAVEC (tree, len);
7241 for (gnu_field = gnu_rep_list, i = 0;
7243 gnu_field = DECL_CHAIN (gnu_field), i++)
7244 gnu_arr[i] = gnu_field;
7246 qsort (gnu_arr, len, sizeof (tree), compare_field_bitpos);
7248 /* Put the fields in the list in order of increasing position, which
7249 means we start from the end. */
7250 gnu_rep_list = NULL_TREE;
7251 for (i = len - 1; i >= 0; i--)
7253 DECL_CHAIN (gnu_arr[i]) = gnu_rep_list;
7254 gnu_rep_list = gnu_arr[i];
7255 DECL_CONTEXT (gnu_arr[i]) = gnu_rep_type;
7260 finish_record_type (gnu_rep_type, gnu_rep_list, 1, debug_info);
7262 /* If FIRST_FREE_POS is nonzero, we need to ensure that the fields
7263 without rep clause are laid out starting from this position.
7264 Therefore, we force it as a minimal size on the REP part. */
7266 = create_rep_part (gnu_rep_type, gnu_record_type, first_free_pos);
7270 layout_with_rep = true;
7271 gnu_field_list = nreverse (gnu_rep_list);
7275 /* If FIRST_FREE_POS is nonzero, we need to ensure that the fields without
7276 rep clause are laid out starting from this position. Therefore, if we
7277 have not already done so, we create a fake REP part with this size. */
7278 if (first_free_pos && !layout_with_rep && !gnu_rep_part)
7280 tree gnu_rep_type = make_node (RECORD_TYPE);
7281 finish_record_type (gnu_rep_type, NULL_TREE, 0, debug_info);
7283 = create_rep_part (gnu_rep_type, gnu_record_type, first_free_pos);
7286 /* Now chain the REP part at the end of the reversed field list. */
7288 gnu_field_list = chainon (gnu_field_list, gnu_rep_part);
7290 /* And the variant part at the beginning. */
7291 if (gnu_variant_part)
7293 DECL_CHAIN (gnu_variant_part) = gnu_field_list;
7294 gnu_field_list = gnu_variant_part;
7297 if (cancel_alignment)
7298 TYPE_ALIGN (gnu_record_type) = 0;
7300 finish_record_type (gnu_record_type, nreverse (gnu_field_list),
7301 layout_with_rep ? 1 : 0, false);
7302 TYPE_ARTIFICIAL (gnu_record_type) = artificial;
7303 if (debug_info && !maybe_unused)
7304 rest_of_record_type_compilation (gnu_record_type);
7307 /* Given GNU_SIZE, a GCC tree representing a size, return a Uint to be
7308 placed into an Esize, Component_Bit_Offset, or Component_Size value
7309 in the GNAT tree. */
7312 annotate_value (tree gnu_size)
7315 Node_Ref_Or_Val ops[3], ret, pre_op1 = No_Uint;
7316 struct tree_int_map in;
7319 /* See if we've already saved the value for this node. */
7320 if (EXPR_P (gnu_size))
7322 struct tree_int_map *e;
7324 if (!annotate_value_cache)
7325 annotate_value_cache = htab_create_ggc (512, tree_int_map_hash,
7326 tree_int_map_eq, 0);
7327 in.base.from = gnu_size;
7328 e = (struct tree_int_map *)
7329 htab_find (annotate_value_cache, &in);
7332 return (Node_Ref_Or_Val) e->to;
7335 in.base.from = NULL_TREE;
7337 /* If we do not return inside this switch, TCODE will be set to the
7338 code to use for a Create_Node operand and LEN (set above) will be
7339 the number of recursive calls for us to make. */
7341 switch (TREE_CODE (gnu_size))
7344 return TREE_OVERFLOW (gnu_size) ? No_Uint : UI_From_gnu (gnu_size);
7347 /* The only case we handle here is a simple discriminant reference. */
7348 if (DECL_DISCRIMINANT_NUMBER (TREE_OPERAND (gnu_size, 1)))
7350 tree n = DECL_DISCRIMINANT_NUMBER (TREE_OPERAND (gnu_size, 1));
7352 /* Climb up the chain of successive extensions, if any. */
7353 while (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (gnu_size, 0)) == COMPONENT_REF
7354 && DECL_NAME (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (gnu_size, 0), 1))
7356 gnu_size = TREE_OPERAND (gnu_size, 0);
7358 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (gnu_size, 0)) == PLACEHOLDER_EXPR)
7360 Create_Node (Discrim_Val, annotate_value (n), No_Uint, No_Uint);
7365 CASE_CONVERT: case NON_LVALUE_EXPR:
7366 return annotate_value (TREE_OPERAND (gnu_size, 0));
7368 /* Now just list the operations we handle. */
7369 case COND_EXPR: tcode = Cond_Expr; break;
7370 case PLUS_EXPR: tcode = Plus_Expr; break;
7371 case MINUS_EXPR: tcode = Minus_Expr; break;
7372 case MULT_EXPR: tcode = Mult_Expr; break;
7373 case TRUNC_DIV_EXPR: tcode = Trunc_Div_Expr; break;
7374 case CEIL_DIV_EXPR: tcode = Ceil_Div_Expr; break;
7375 case FLOOR_DIV_EXPR: tcode = Floor_Div_Expr; break;
7376 case TRUNC_MOD_EXPR: tcode = Trunc_Mod_Expr; break;
7377 case CEIL_MOD_EXPR: tcode = Ceil_Mod_Expr; break;
7378 case FLOOR_MOD_EXPR: tcode = Floor_Mod_Expr; break;
7379 case EXACT_DIV_EXPR: tcode = Exact_Div_Expr; break;
7380 case NEGATE_EXPR: tcode = Negate_Expr; break;
7381 case MIN_EXPR: tcode = Min_Expr; break;
7382 case MAX_EXPR: tcode = Max_Expr; break;
7383 case ABS_EXPR: tcode = Abs_Expr; break;
7384 case TRUTH_ANDIF_EXPR: tcode = Truth_Andif_Expr; break;
7385 case TRUTH_ORIF_EXPR: tcode = Truth_Orif_Expr; break;
7386 case TRUTH_AND_EXPR: tcode = Truth_And_Expr; break;
7387 case TRUTH_OR_EXPR: tcode = Truth_Or_Expr; break;
7388 case TRUTH_XOR_EXPR: tcode = Truth_Xor_Expr; break;
7389 case TRUTH_NOT_EXPR: tcode = Truth_Not_Expr; break;
7390 case LT_EXPR: tcode = Lt_Expr; break;
7391 case LE_EXPR: tcode = Le_Expr; break;
7392 case GT_EXPR: tcode = Gt_Expr; break;
7393 case GE_EXPR: tcode = Ge_Expr; break;
7394 case EQ_EXPR: tcode = Eq_Expr; break;
7395 case NE_EXPR: tcode = Ne_Expr; break;
7398 tcode = Bit_And_Expr;
7399 /* For negative values, build NEGATE_EXPR of the opposite. Such values
7400 appear in expressions containing aligning patterns. Note that, since
7401 sizetype is unsigned, we have to jump through some hoops. */
7402 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (gnu_size, 1)) == INTEGER_CST)
7404 tree op1 = TREE_OPERAND (gnu_size, 1);
7405 double_int signed_op1
7406 = tree_to_double_int (op1).sext (TYPE_PRECISION (sizetype));
7407 if (signed_op1.is_negative ())
7409 op1 = double_int_to_tree (sizetype, -signed_op1);
7410 pre_op1 = annotate_value (build1 (NEGATE_EXPR, sizetype, op1));
7417 tree t = maybe_inline_call_in_expr (gnu_size);
7419 return annotate_value (t);
7422 /* Fall through... */
7428 /* Now get each of the operands that's relevant for this code. If any
7429 cannot be expressed as a repinfo node, say we can't. */
7430 for (i = 0; i < 3; i++)
7433 for (i = 0; i < TREE_CODE_LENGTH (TREE_CODE (gnu_size)); i++)
7435 if (i == 1 && pre_op1 != No_Uint)
7438 ops[i] = annotate_value (TREE_OPERAND (gnu_size, i));
7439 if (ops[i] == No_Uint)
7443 ret = Create_Node (tcode, ops[0], ops[1], ops[2]);
7445 /* Save the result in the cache. */
7448 struct tree_int_map **h;
7449 /* We can't assume the hash table data hasn't moved since the
7450 initial look up, so we have to search again. Allocating and
7451 inserting an entry at that point would be an alternative, but
7452 then we'd better discard the entry if we decided not to cache
7454 h = (struct tree_int_map **)
7455 htab_find_slot (annotate_value_cache, &in, INSERT);
7457 *h = ggc_alloc_tree_int_map ();
7458 (*h)->base.from = gnu_size;
7465 /* Given GNAT_ENTITY, an object (constant, variable, parameter, exception)
7466 and GNU_TYPE, its corresponding GCC type, set Esize and Alignment to the
7467 size and alignment used by Gigi. Prefer SIZE over TYPE_SIZE if non-null.
7468 BY_REF is true if the object is used by reference and BY_DOUBLE_REF is
7469 true if the object is used by double reference. */
7472 annotate_object (Entity_Id gnat_entity, tree gnu_type, tree size, bool by_ref,
7478 gnu_type = TREE_TYPE (gnu_type);
7480 if (TYPE_IS_FAT_POINTER_P (gnu_type))
7481 gnu_type = TYPE_UNCONSTRAINED_ARRAY (gnu_type);
7483 gnu_type = TREE_TYPE (gnu_type);
7486 if (Unknown_Esize (gnat_entity))
7488 if (TREE_CODE (gnu_type) == RECORD_TYPE
7489 && TYPE_CONTAINS_TEMPLATE_P (gnu_type))
7490 size = TYPE_SIZE (TREE_TYPE (DECL_CHAIN (TYPE_FIELDS (gnu_type))));
7492 size = TYPE_SIZE (gnu_type);
7495 Set_Esize (gnat_entity, annotate_value (size));
7498 if (Unknown_Alignment (gnat_entity))
7499 Set_Alignment (gnat_entity,
7500 UI_From_Int (TYPE_ALIGN (gnu_type) / BITS_PER_UNIT));
7503 /* Return first element of field list whose TREE_PURPOSE is the same as ELEM.
7504 Return NULL_TREE if there is no such element in the list. */
7507 purpose_member_field (const_tree elem, tree list)
7511 tree field = TREE_PURPOSE (list);
7512 if (SAME_FIELD_P (field, elem))
7514 list = TREE_CHAIN (list);
7519 /* Given GNAT_ENTITY, a record type, and GNU_TYPE, its corresponding GCC type,
7520 set Component_Bit_Offset and Esize of the components to the position and
7521 size used by Gigi. */
7524 annotate_rep (Entity_Id gnat_entity, tree gnu_type)
7526 Entity_Id gnat_field;
7529 /* We operate by first making a list of all fields and their position (we
7530 can get the size easily) and then update all the sizes in the tree. */
7532 = build_position_list (gnu_type, false, size_zero_node, bitsize_zero_node,
7533 BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT, NULL_TREE);
7535 for (gnat_field = First_Entity (gnat_entity);
7536 Present (gnat_field);
7537 gnat_field = Next_Entity (gnat_field))
7538 if (Ekind (gnat_field) == E_Component
7539 || (Ekind (gnat_field) == E_Discriminant
7540 && !Is_Unchecked_Union (Scope (gnat_field))))
7542 tree t = purpose_member_field (gnat_to_gnu_field_decl (gnat_field),
7548 /* If we are just annotating types and the type is tagged, the tag
7549 and the parent components are not generated by the front-end so
7550 we need to add the appropriate offset to each component without
7551 representation clause. */
7552 if (type_annotate_only
7553 && Is_Tagged_Type (gnat_entity)
7554 && No (Component_Clause (gnat_field)))
7556 /* For a component appearing in the current extension, the
7557 offset is the size of the parent. */
7558 if (Is_Derived_Type (gnat_entity)
7559 && Original_Record_Component (gnat_field) == gnat_field)
7561 = UI_To_gnu (Esize (Etype (Base_Type (gnat_entity))),
7564 parent_offset = bitsize_int (POINTER_SIZE);
7566 if (TYPE_FIELDS (gnu_type))
7568 = round_up (parent_offset,
7569 DECL_ALIGN (TYPE_FIELDS (gnu_type)));
7572 parent_offset = bitsize_zero_node;
7574 Set_Component_Bit_Offset
7577 (size_binop (PLUS_EXPR,
7578 bit_from_pos (TREE_VEC_ELT (TREE_VALUE (t), 0),
7579 TREE_VEC_ELT (TREE_VALUE (t), 2)),
7582 Set_Esize (gnat_field,
7583 annotate_value (DECL_SIZE (TREE_PURPOSE (t))));
7585 else if (Is_Tagged_Type (gnat_entity) && Is_Derived_Type (gnat_entity))
7587 /* If there is no entry, this is an inherited component whose
7588 position is the same as in the parent type. */
7589 Set_Component_Bit_Offset
7591 Component_Bit_Offset (Original_Record_Component (gnat_field)));
7593 Set_Esize (gnat_field,
7594 Esize (Original_Record_Component (gnat_field)));
7599 /* Scan all fields in GNU_TYPE and return a TREE_LIST where TREE_PURPOSE is
7600 the FIELD_DECL and TREE_VALUE a TREE_VEC containing the byte position, the
7601 value to be placed into DECL_OFFSET_ALIGN and the bit position. The list
7602 of fields is flattened, except for variant parts if DO_NOT_FLATTEN_VARIANT
7603 is set to true. GNU_POS is to be added to the position, GNU_BITPOS to the
7604 bit position, OFFSET_ALIGN is the present offset alignment. GNU_LIST is a
7605 pre-existing list to be chained to the newly created entries. */
7608 build_position_list (tree gnu_type, bool do_not_flatten_variant, tree gnu_pos,
7609 tree gnu_bitpos, unsigned int offset_align, tree gnu_list)
7613 for (gnu_field = TYPE_FIELDS (gnu_type);
7615 gnu_field = DECL_CHAIN (gnu_field))
7617 tree gnu_our_bitpos = size_binop (PLUS_EXPR, gnu_bitpos,
7618 DECL_FIELD_BIT_OFFSET (gnu_field));
7619 tree gnu_our_offset = size_binop (PLUS_EXPR, gnu_pos,
7620 DECL_FIELD_OFFSET (gnu_field));
7621 unsigned int our_offset_align
7622 = MIN (offset_align, DECL_OFFSET_ALIGN (gnu_field));
7623 tree v = make_tree_vec (3);
7625 TREE_VEC_ELT (v, 0) = gnu_our_offset;
7626 TREE_VEC_ELT (v, 1) = size_int (our_offset_align);
7627 TREE_VEC_ELT (v, 2) = gnu_our_bitpos;
7628 gnu_list = tree_cons (gnu_field, v, gnu_list);
7630 /* Recurse on internal fields, flattening the nested fields except for
7631 those in the variant part, if requested. */
7632 if (DECL_INTERNAL_P (gnu_field))
7634 tree gnu_field_type = TREE_TYPE (gnu_field);
7635 if (do_not_flatten_variant
7636 && TREE_CODE (gnu_field_type) == QUAL_UNION_TYPE)
7638 = build_position_list (gnu_field_type, do_not_flatten_variant,
7639 size_zero_node, bitsize_zero_node,
7640 BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT, gnu_list);
7643 = build_position_list (gnu_field_type, do_not_flatten_variant,
7644 gnu_our_offset, gnu_our_bitpos,
7645 our_offset_align, gnu_list);
7652 /* Return a list describing the substitutions needed to reflect the
7653 discriminant substitutions from GNAT_TYPE to GNAT_SUBTYPE. They can
7654 be in any order. The values in an element of the list are in the form
7655 of operands to SUBSTITUTE_IN_EXPR. DEFINITION is true if this is for
7656 a definition of GNAT_SUBTYPE. */
7658 static vec<subst_pair>
7659 build_subst_list (Entity_Id gnat_subtype, Entity_Id gnat_type, bool definition)
7661 vec<subst_pair> gnu_list = vNULL;
7662 Entity_Id gnat_discrim;
7663 Node_Id gnat_constr;
7665 for (gnat_discrim = First_Stored_Discriminant (gnat_type),
7666 gnat_constr = First_Elmt (Stored_Constraint (gnat_subtype));
7667 Present (gnat_discrim);
7668 gnat_discrim = Next_Stored_Discriminant (gnat_discrim),
7669 gnat_constr = Next_Elmt (gnat_constr))
7670 /* Ignore access discriminants. */
7671 if (!Is_Access_Type (Etype (Node (gnat_constr))))
7673 tree gnu_field = gnat_to_gnu_field_decl (gnat_discrim);
7674 tree replacement = convert (TREE_TYPE (gnu_field),
7675 elaborate_expression
7676 (Node (gnat_constr), gnat_subtype,
7677 get_entity_name (gnat_discrim),
7678 definition, true, false));
7679 subst_pair s = {gnu_field, replacement};
7680 gnu_list.safe_push (s);
7686 /* Scan all fields in QUAL_UNION_TYPE and return a list describing the
7687 variants of QUAL_UNION_TYPE that are still relevant after applying
7688 the substitutions described in SUBST_LIST. GNU_LIST is a pre-existing
7689 list to be prepended to the newly created entries. */
7691 static vec<variant_desc>
7692 build_variant_list (tree qual_union_type, vec<subst_pair> subst_list,
7693 vec<variant_desc> gnu_list)
7697 for (gnu_field = TYPE_FIELDS (qual_union_type);
7699 gnu_field = DECL_CHAIN (gnu_field))
7701 tree qual = DECL_QUALIFIER (gnu_field);
7705 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (subst_list, i, s)
7706 qual = SUBSTITUTE_IN_EXPR (qual, s->discriminant, s->replacement);
7708 /* If the new qualifier is not unconditionally false, its variant may
7709 still be accessed. */
7710 if (!integer_zerop (qual))
7712 tree variant_type = TREE_TYPE (gnu_field), variant_subpart;
7713 variant_desc v = {variant_type, gnu_field, qual, NULL_TREE};
7715 gnu_list.safe_push (v);
7717 /* Recurse on the variant subpart of the variant, if any. */
7718 variant_subpart = get_variant_part (variant_type);
7719 if (variant_subpart)
7720 gnu_list = build_variant_list (TREE_TYPE (variant_subpart),
7721 subst_list, gnu_list);
7723 /* If the new qualifier is unconditionally true, the subsequent
7724 variants cannot be accessed. */
7725 if (integer_onep (qual))
7733 /* UINT_SIZE is a Uint giving the specified size for an object of GNU_TYPE
7734 corresponding to GNAT_OBJECT. If the size is valid, return an INTEGER_CST
7735 corresponding to its value. Otherwise, return NULL_TREE. KIND is set to
7736 VAR_DECL if we are specifying the size of an object, TYPE_DECL for the
7737 size of a type, and FIELD_DECL for the size of a field. COMPONENT_P is
7738 true if we are being called to process the Component_Size of GNAT_OBJECT;
7739 this is used only for error messages. ZERO_OK is true if a size of zero
7740 is permitted; if ZERO_OK is false, it means that a size of zero should be
7741 treated as an unspecified size. */
7744 validate_size (Uint uint_size, tree gnu_type, Entity_Id gnat_object,
7745 enum tree_code kind, bool component_p, bool zero_ok)
7747 Node_Id gnat_error_node;
7748 tree type_size, size;
7750 /* Return 0 if no size was specified. */
7751 if (uint_size == No_Uint)
7754 /* Ignore a negative size since that corresponds to our back-annotation. */
7755 if (UI_Lt (uint_size, Uint_0))
7758 /* Find the node to use for error messages. */
7759 if ((Ekind (gnat_object) == E_Component
7760 || Ekind (gnat_object) == E_Discriminant)
7761 && Present (Component_Clause (gnat_object)))
7762 gnat_error_node = Last_Bit (Component_Clause (gnat_object));
7763 else if (Present (Size_Clause (gnat_object)))
7764 gnat_error_node = Expression (Size_Clause (gnat_object));
7766 gnat_error_node = gnat_object;
7768 /* Get the size as an INTEGER_CST. Issue an error if a size was specified
7769 but cannot be represented in bitsizetype. */
7770 size = UI_To_gnu (uint_size, bitsizetype);
7771 if (TREE_OVERFLOW (size))
7774 post_error_ne ("component size for& is too large", gnat_error_node,
7777 post_error_ne ("size for& is too large", gnat_error_node,
7782 /* Ignore a zero size if it is not permitted. */
7783 if (!zero_ok && integer_zerop (size))
7786 /* The size of objects is always a multiple of a byte. */
7787 if (kind == VAR_DECL
7788 && !integer_zerop (size_binop (TRUNC_MOD_EXPR, size, bitsize_unit_node)))
7791 post_error_ne ("component size for& is not a multiple of Storage_Unit",
7792 gnat_error_node, gnat_object);
7794 post_error_ne ("size for& is not a multiple of Storage_Unit",
7795 gnat_error_node, gnat_object);
7799 /* If this is an integral type or a packed array type, the front-end has
7800 already verified the size, so we need not do it here (which would mean
7801 checking against the bounds). However, if this is an aliased object,
7802 it may not be smaller than the type of the object. */
7803 if ((INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (gnu_type) || TYPE_IS_PACKED_ARRAY_TYPE_P (gnu_type))
7804 && !(kind == VAR_DECL && Is_Aliased (gnat_object)))
7807 /* If the object is a record that contains a template, add the size of the
7808 template to the specified size. */
7809 if (TREE_CODE (gnu_type) == RECORD_TYPE
7810 && TYPE_CONTAINS_TEMPLATE_P (gnu_type))
7811 size = size_binop (PLUS_EXPR, DECL_SIZE (TYPE_FIELDS (gnu_type)), size);
7813 if (kind == VAR_DECL
7814 /* If a type needs strict alignment, a component of this type in
7815 a packed record cannot be packed and thus uses the type size. */
7816 || (kind == TYPE_DECL && Strict_Alignment (gnat_object)))
7817 type_size = TYPE_SIZE (gnu_type);
7819 type_size = rm_size (gnu_type);
7821 /* Modify the size of a discriminated type to be the maximum size. */
7822 if (type_size && CONTAINS_PLACEHOLDER_P (type_size))
7823 type_size = max_size (type_size, true);
7825 /* If this is an access type or a fat pointer, the minimum size is that given
7826 by the smallest integral mode that's valid for pointers. */
7827 if (TREE_CODE (gnu_type) == POINTER_TYPE || TYPE_IS_FAT_POINTER_P (gnu_type))
7829 enum machine_mode p_mode = GET_CLASS_NARROWEST_MODE (MODE_INT);
7830 while (!targetm.valid_pointer_mode (p_mode))
7831 p_mode = GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (p_mode);
7832 type_size = bitsize_int (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (p_mode));
7835 /* Issue an error either if the default size of the object isn't a constant
7836 or if the new size is smaller than it. */
7837 if (TREE_CODE (type_size) != INTEGER_CST
7838 || TREE_OVERFLOW (type_size)
7839 || tree_int_cst_lt (size, type_size))
7843 ("component size for& too small{, minimum allowed is ^}",
7844 gnat_error_node, gnat_object, type_size);
7847 ("size for& too small{, minimum allowed is ^}",
7848 gnat_error_node, gnat_object, type_size);
7855 /* Similarly, but both validate and process a value of RM size. This routine
7856 is only called for types. */
7859 set_rm_size (Uint uint_size, tree gnu_type, Entity_Id gnat_entity)
7861 Node_Id gnat_attr_node;
7862 tree old_size, size;
7864 /* Do nothing if no size was specified. */
7865 if (uint_size == No_Uint)
7868 /* Ignore a negative size since that corresponds to our back-annotation. */
7869 if (UI_Lt (uint_size, Uint_0))
7872 /* Only issue an error if a Value_Size clause was explicitly given.
7873 Otherwise, we'd be duplicating an error on the Size clause. */
7875 = Get_Attribute_Definition_Clause (gnat_entity, Attr_Value_Size);
7877 /* Get the size as an INTEGER_CST. Issue an error if a size was specified
7878 but cannot be represented in bitsizetype. */
7879 size = UI_To_gnu (uint_size, bitsizetype);
7880 if (TREE_OVERFLOW (size))
7882 if (Present (gnat_attr_node))
7883 post_error_ne ("Value_Size for& is too large", gnat_attr_node,
7888 /* Ignore a zero size unless a Value_Size clause exists, or a size clause
7889 exists, or this is an integer type, in which case the front-end will
7890 have always set it. */
7891 if (No (gnat_attr_node)
7892 && integer_zerop (size)
7893 && !Has_Size_Clause (gnat_entity)
7894 && !Is_Discrete_Or_Fixed_Point_Type (gnat_entity))
7897 old_size = rm_size (gnu_type);
7899 /* If the old size is self-referential, get the maximum size. */
7900 if (CONTAINS_PLACEHOLDER_P (old_size))
7901 old_size = max_size (old_size, true);
7903 /* Issue an error either if the old size of the object isn't a constant or
7904 if the new size is smaller than it. The front-end has already verified
7905 this for scalar and packed array types. */
7906 if (TREE_CODE (old_size) != INTEGER_CST
7907 || TREE_OVERFLOW (old_size)
7908 || (AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (gnu_type)
7909 && !(TREE_CODE (gnu_type) == ARRAY_TYPE
7910 && TYPE_PACKED_ARRAY_TYPE_P (gnu_type))
7911 && !(TYPE_IS_PADDING_P (gnu_type)
7912 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (TYPE_FIELDS (gnu_type))) == ARRAY_TYPE
7913 && TYPE_PACKED_ARRAY_TYPE_P
7914 (TREE_TYPE (TYPE_FIELDS (gnu_type))))
7915 && tree_int_cst_lt (size, old_size)))
7917 if (Present (gnat_attr_node))
7919 ("Value_Size for& too small{, minimum allowed is ^}",
7920 gnat_attr_node, gnat_entity, old_size);
7924 /* Otherwise, set the RM size proper for integral types... */
7925 if ((TREE_CODE (gnu_type) == INTEGER_TYPE
7926 && Is_Discrete_Or_Fixed_Point_Type (gnat_entity))
7927 || (TREE_CODE (gnu_type) == ENUMERAL_TYPE
7928 || TREE_CODE (gnu_type) == BOOLEAN_TYPE))
7929 SET_TYPE_RM_SIZE (gnu_type, size);
7931 /* ...or the Ada size for record and union types. */
7932 else if (RECORD_OR_UNION_TYPE_P (gnu_type)
7933 && !TYPE_FAT_POINTER_P (gnu_type))
7934 SET_TYPE_ADA_SIZE (gnu_type, size);
7937 /* ALIGNMENT is a Uint giving the alignment specified for GNAT_ENTITY,
7938 a type or object whose present alignment is ALIGN. If this alignment is
7939 valid, return it. Otherwise, give an error and return ALIGN. */
7942 validate_alignment (Uint alignment, Entity_Id gnat_entity, unsigned int align)
7944 unsigned int max_allowed_alignment = get_target_maximum_allowed_alignment ();
7945 unsigned int new_align;
7946 Node_Id gnat_error_node;
7948 /* Don't worry about checking alignment if alignment was not specified
7949 by the source program and we already posted an error for this entity. */
7950 if (Error_Posted (gnat_entity) && !Has_Alignment_Clause (gnat_entity))
7953 /* Post the error on the alignment clause if any. Note, for the implicit
7954 base type of an array type, the alignment clause is on the first
7956 if (Present (Alignment_Clause (gnat_entity)))
7957 gnat_error_node = Expression (Alignment_Clause (gnat_entity));
7959 else if (Is_Itype (gnat_entity)
7960 && Is_Array_Type (gnat_entity)
7961 && Etype (gnat_entity) == gnat_entity
7962 && Present (Alignment_Clause (First_Subtype (gnat_entity))))
7964 Expression (Alignment_Clause (First_Subtype (gnat_entity)));
7967 gnat_error_node = gnat_entity;
7969 /* Within GCC, an alignment is an integer, so we must make sure a value is
7970 specified that fits in that range. Also, there is an upper bound to
7971 alignments we can support/allow. */
7972 if (!UI_Is_In_Int_Range (alignment)
7973 || ((new_align = UI_To_Int (alignment)) > max_allowed_alignment))
7974 post_error_ne_num ("largest supported alignment for& is ^",
7975 gnat_error_node, gnat_entity, max_allowed_alignment);
7976 else if (!(Present (Alignment_Clause (gnat_entity))
7977 && From_At_Mod (Alignment_Clause (gnat_entity)))
7978 && new_align * BITS_PER_UNIT < align)
7980 unsigned int double_align;
7981 bool is_capped_double, align_clause;
7983 /* If the default alignment of "double" or larger scalar types is
7984 specifically capped and the new alignment is above the cap, do
7985 not post an error and change the alignment only if there is an
7986 alignment clause; this makes it possible to have the associated
7987 GCC type overaligned by default for performance reasons. */
7988 if ((double_align = double_float_alignment) > 0)
7991 = Is_Type (gnat_entity) ? gnat_entity : Etype (gnat_entity);
7993 = is_double_float_or_array (gnat_type, &align_clause);
7995 else if ((double_align = double_scalar_alignment) > 0)
7998 = Is_Type (gnat_entity) ? gnat_entity : Etype (gnat_entity);
8000 = is_double_scalar_or_array (gnat_type, &align_clause);
8003 is_capped_double = align_clause = false;
8005 if (is_capped_double && new_align >= double_align)
8008 align = new_align * BITS_PER_UNIT;
8012 if (is_capped_double)
8013 align = double_align * BITS_PER_UNIT;
8015 post_error_ne_num ("alignment for& must be at least ^",
8016 gnat_error_node, gnat_entity,
8017 align / BITS_PER_UNIT);
8022 new_align = (new_align > 0 ? new_align * BITS_PER_UNIT : 1);
8023 if (new_align > align)
8030 /* Verify that OBJECT, a type or decl, is something we can implement
8031 atomically. If not, give an error for GNAT_ENTITY. COMP_P is true
8032 if we require atomic components. */
8035 check_ok_for_atomic (tree object, Entity_Id gnat_entity, bool comp_p)
8037 Node_Id gnat_error_point = gnat_entity;
8039 enum machine_mode mode;
8043 /* There are three case of what OBJECT can be. It can be a type, in which
8044 case we take the size, alignment and mode from the type. It can be a
8045 declaration that was indirect, in which case the relevant values are
8046 that of the type being pointed to, or it can be a normal declaration,
8047 in which case the values are of the decl. The code below assumes that
8048 OBJECT is either a type or a decl. */
8049 if (TYPE_P (object))
8051 /* If this is an anonymous base type, nothing to check. Error will be
8052 reported on the source type. */
8053 if (!Comes_From_Source (gnat_entity))
8056 mode = TYPE_MODE (object);
8057 align = TYPE_ALIGN (object);
8058 size = TYPE_SIZE (object);
8060 else if (DECL_BY_REF_P (object))
8062 mode = TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (object)));
8063 align = TYPE_ALIGN (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (object)));
8064 size = TYPE_SIZE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (object)));
8068 mode = DECL_MODE (object);
8069 align = DECL_ALIGN (object);
8070 size = DECL_SIZE (object);
8073 /* Consider all floating-point types atomic and any types that that are
8074 represented by integers no wider than a machine word. */
8075 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_FLOAT
8076 || ((GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT
8077 || GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_PARTIAL_INT)
8078 && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) <= BITS_PER_WORD))
8081 /* For the moment, also allow anything that has an alignment equal
8082 to its size and which is smaller than a word. */
8083 if (size && TREE_CODE (size) == INTEGER_CST
8084 && compare_tree_int (size, align) == 0
8085 && align <= BITS_PER_WORD)
8088 for (gnat_node = First_Rep_Item (gnat_entity); Present (gnat_node);
8089 gnat_node = Next_Rep_Item (gnat_node))
8091 if (!comp_p && Nkind (gnat_node) == N_Pragma
8092 && (Get_Pragma_Id (Chars (Pragma_Identifier (gnat_node)))
8094 gnat_error_point = First (Pragma_Argument_Associations (gnat_node));
8095 else if (comp_p && Nkind (gnat_node) == N_Pragma
8096 && (Get_Pragma_Id (Chars (Pragma_Identifier (gnat_node)))
8097 == Pragma_Atomic_Components))
8098 gnat_error_point = First (Pragma_Argument_Associations (gnat_node));
8102 post_error_ne ("atomic access to component of & cannot be guaranteed",
8103 gnat_error_point, gnat_entity);
8105 post_error_ne ("atomic access to & cannot be guaranteed",
8106 gnat_error_point, gnat_entity);
8110 /* Helper for the intrin compatibility checks family. Evaluate whether
8111 two types are definitely incompatible. */
8114 intrin_types_incompatible_p (tree t1, tree t2)
8116 enum tree_code code;
8118 if (TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (t1) == TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (t2))
8121 if (TYPE_MODE (t1) != TYPE_MODE (t2))
8124 if (TREE_CODE (t1) != TREE_CODE (t2))
8127 code = TREE_CODE (t1);
8133 return TYPE_PRECISION (t1) != TYPE_PRECISION (t2);
8136 case REFERENCE_TYPE:
8137 /* Assume designated types are ok. We'd need to account for char * and
8138 void * variants to do better, which could rapidly get messy and isn't
8139 clearly worth the effort. */
8149 /* Helper for intrin_profiles_compatible_p, to perform compatibility checks
8150 on the Ada/builtin argument lists for the INB binding. */
8153 intrin_arglists_compatible_p (intrin_binding_t * inb)
8155 function_args_iterator ada_iter, btin_iter;
8157 function_args_iter_init (&ada_iter, inb->ada_fntype);
8158 function_args_iter_init (&btin_iter, inb->btin_fntype);
8160 /* Sequence position of the last argument we checked. */
8165 tree ada_type = function_args_iter_cond (&ada_iter);
8166 tree btin_type = function_args_iter_cond (&btin_iter);
8168 /* If we've exhausted both lists simultaneously, we're done. */
8169 if (ada_type == NULL_TREE && btin_type == NULL_TREE)
8172 /* If one list is shorter than the other, they fail to match. */
8173 if (ada_type == NULL_TREE || btin_type == NULL_TREE)
8176 /* If we're done with the Ada args and not with the internal builtin
8177 args, or the other way around, complain. */
8178 if (ada_type == void_type_node
8179 && btin_type != void_type_node)
8181 post_error ("?Ada arguments list too short!", inb->gnat_entity);
8185 if (btin_type == void_type_node
8186 && ada_type != void_type_node)
8188 post_error_ne_num ("?Ada arguments list too long ('> ^)!",
8189 inb->gnat_entity, inb->gnat_entity, argpos);
8193 /* Otherwise, check that types match for the current argument. */
8195 if (intrin_types_incompatible_p (ada_type, btin_type))
8197 post_error_ne_num ("?intrinsic binding type mismatch on argument ^!",
8198 inb->gnat_entity, inb->gnat_entity, argpos);
8203 function_args_iter_next (&ada_iter);
8204 function_args_iter_next (&btin_iter);
8210 /* Helper for intrin_profiles_compatible_p, to perform compatibility checks
8211 on the Ada/builtin return values for the INB binding. */
8214 intrin_return_compatible_p (intrin_binding_t * inb)
8216 tree ada_return_type = TREE_TYPE (inb->ada_fntype);
8217 tree btin_return_type = TREE_TYPE (inb->btin_fntype);
8219 /* Accept function imported as procedure, common and convenient. */
8220 if (VOID_TYPE_P (ada_return_type)
8221 && !VOID_TYPE_P (btin_return_type))
8224 /* If return type is Address (integer type), map it to void *. */
8225 if (Is_Descendent_Of_Address (Etype (inb->gnat_entity)))
8226 ada_return_type = ptr_void_type_node;
8228 /* Check return types compatibility otherwise. Note that this
8229 handles void/void as well. */
8230 if (intrin_types_incompatible_p (btin_return_type, ada_return_type))
8232 post_error ("?intrinsic binding type mismatch on return value!",
8240 /* Check and return whether the Ada and gcc builtin profiles bound by INB are
8241 compatible. Issue relevant warnings when they are not.
8243 This is intended as a light check to diagnose the most obvious cases, not
8244 as a full fledged type compatibility predicate. It is the programmer's
8245 responsibility to ensure correctness of the Ada declarations in Imports,
8246 especially when binding straight to a compiler internal. */
8249 intrin_profiles_compatible_p (intrin_binding_t * inb)
8251 /* Check compatibility on return values and argument lists, each responsible
8252 for posting warnings as appropriate. Ensure use of the proper sloc for
8255 bool arglists_compatible_p, return_compatible_p;
8256 location_t saved_location = input_location;
8258 Sloc_to_locus (Sloc (inb->gnat_entity), &input_location);
8260 return_compatible_p = intrin_return_compatible_p (inb);
8261 arglists_compatible_p = intrin_arglists_compatible_p (inb);
8263 input_location = saved_location;
8265 return return_compatible_p && arglists_compatible_p;
8268 /* Return a FIELD_DECL node modeled on OLD_FIELD. FIELD_TYPE is its type
8269 and RECORD_TYPE is the type of the parent. If SIZE is nonzero, it is the
8270 specified size for this field. POS_LIST is a position list describing
8271 the layout of OLD_FIELD and SUBST_LIST a substitution list to be applied
8275 create_field_decl_from (tree old_field, tree field_type, tree record_type,
8276 tree size, tree pos_list,
8277 vec<subst_pair> subst_list)
8279 tree t = TREE_VALUE (purpose_member (old_field, pos_list));
8280 tree pos = TREE_VEC_ELT (t, 0), bitpos = TREE_VEC_ELT (t, 2);
8281 unsigned int offset_align = tree_low_cst (TREE_VEC_ELT (t, 1), 1);
8282 tree new_pos, new_field;
8286 if (CONTAINS_PLACEHOLDER_P (pos))
8287 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (subst_list, i, s)
8288 pos = SUBSTITUTE_IN_EXPR (pos, s->discriminant, s->replacement);
8290 /* If the position is now a constant, we can set it as the position of the
8291 field when we make it. Otherwise, we need to deal with it specially. */
8292 if (TREE_CONSTANT (pos))
8293 new_pos = bit_from_pos (pos, bitpos);
8295 new_pos = NULL_TREE;
8298 = create_field_decl (DECL_NAME (old_field), field_type, record_type,
8299 size, new_pos, DECL_PACKED (old_field),
8300 !DECL_NONADDRESSABLE_P (old_field));
8304 normalize_offset (&pos, &bitpos, offset_align);
8305 DECL_FIELD_OFFSET (new_field) = pos;
8306 DECL_FIELD_BIT_OFFSET (new_field) = bitpos;
8307 SET_DECL_OFFSET_ALIGN (new_field, offset_align);
8308 DECL_SIZE (new_field) = size;
8309 DECL_SIZE_UNIT (new_field)
8310 = convert (sizetype,
8311 size_binop (CEIL_DIV_EXPR, size, bitsize_unit_node));
8312 layout_decl (new_field, DECL_OFFSET_ALIGN (new_field));
8315 DECL_INTERNAL_P (new_field) = DECL_INTERNAL_P (old_field);
8316 SET_DECL_ORIGINAL_FIELD_TO_FIELD (new_field, old_field);
8317 DECL_DISCRIMINANT_NUMBER (new_field) = DECL_DISCRIMINANT_NUMBER (old_field);
8318 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (new_field) = TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (old_field);
8323 /* Create the REP part of RECORD_TYPE with REP_TYPE. If MIN_SIZE is nonzero,
8324 it is the minimal size the REP_PART must have. */
8327 create_rep_part (tree rep_type, tree record_type, tree min_size)
8331 if (min_size && !tree_int_cst_lt (TYPE_SIZE (rep_type), min_size))
8332 min_size = NULL_TREE;
8334 field = create_field_decl (get_identifier ("REP"), rep_type, record_type,
8335 min_size, bitsize_zero_node, 0, 1);
8336 DECL_INTERNAL_P (field) = 1;
8341 /* Return the REP part of RECORD_TYPE, if any. Otherwise return NULL. */
8344 get_rep_part (tree record_type)
8346 tree field = TYPE_FIELDS (record_type);
8348 /* The REP part is the first field, internal, another record, and its name
8349 starts with an 'R'. */
8351 && DECL_INTERNAL_P (field)
8352 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (field)) == RECORD_TYPE
8353 && IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (field)) [0] == 'R')
8359 /* Return the variant part of RECORD_TYPE, if any. Otherwise return NULL. */
8362 get_variant_part (tree record_type)
8366 /* The variant part is the only internal field that is a qualified union. */
8367 for (field = TYPE_FIELDS (record_type); field; field = DECL_CHAIN (field))
8368 if (DECL_INTERNAL_P (field)
8369 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (field)) == QUAL_UNION_TYPE)
8375 /* Return a new variant part modeled on OLD_VARIANT_PART. VARIANT_LIST is
8376 the list of variants to be used and RECORD_TYPE is the type of the parent.
8377 POS_LIST is a position list describing the layout of fields present in
8378 OLD_VARIANT_PART and SUBST_LIST a substitution list to be applied to this
8382 create_variant_part_from (tree old_variant_part,
8383 vec<variant_desc> variant_list,
8384 tree record_type, tree pos_list,
8385 vec<subst_pair> subst_list)
8387 tree offset = DECL_FIELD_OFFSET (old_variant_part);
8388 tree old_union_type = TREE_TYPE (old_variant_part);
8389 tree new_union_type, new_variant_part;
8390 tree union_field_list = NULL_TREE;
8394 /* First create the type of the variant part from that of the old one. */
8395 new_union_type = make_node (QUAL_UNION_TYPE);
8396 TYPE_NAME (new_union_type)
8397 = concat_name (TYPE_NAME (record_type),
8398 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (old_variant_part)));
8400 /* If the position of the variant part is constant, subtract it from the
8401 size of the type of the parent to get the new size. This manual CSE
8402 reduces the code size when not optimizing. */
8403 if (TREE_CODE (offset) == INTEGER_CST)
8405 tree bitpos = DECL_FIELD_BIT_OFFSET (old_variant_part);
8406 tree first_bit = bit_from_pos (offset, bitpos);
8407 TYPE_SIZE (new_union_type)
8408 = size_binop (MINUS_EXPR, TYPE_SIZE (record_type), first_bit);
8409 TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (new_union_type)
8410 = size_binop (MINUS_EXPR, TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (record_type),
8411 byte_from_pos (offset, bitpos));
8412 SET_TYPE_ADA_SIZE (new_union_type,
8413 size_binop (MINUS_EXPR, TYPE_ADA_SIZE (record_type),
8415 TYPE_ALIGN (new_union_type) = TYPE_ALIGN (old_union_type);
8416 relate_alias_sets (new_union_type, old_union_type, ALIAS_SET_COPY);
8419 copy_and_substitute_in_size (new_union_type, old_union_type, subst_list);
8421 /* Now finish up the new variants and populate the union type. */
8422 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT_REVERSE (variant_list, i, v)
8424 tree old_field = v->field, new_field;
8425 tree old_variant, old_variant_subpart, new_variant, field_list;
8427 /* Skip variants that don't belong to this nesting level. */
8428 if (DECL_CONTEXT (old_field) != old_union_type)
8431 /* Retrieve the list of fields already added to the new variant. */
8432 new_variant = v->new_type;
8433 field_list = TYPE_FIELDS (new_variant);
8435 /* If the old variant had a variant subpart, we need to create a new
8436 variant subpart and add it to the field list. */
8437 old_variant = v->type;
8438 old_variant_subpart = get_variant_part (old_variant);
8439 if (old_variant_subpart)
8441 tree new_variant_subpart
8442 = create_variant_part_from (old_variant_subpart, variant_list,
8443 new_variant, pos_list, subst_list);
8444 DECL_CHAIN (new_variant_subpart) = field_list;
8445 field_list = new_variant_subpart;
8448 /* Finish up the new variant and create the field. No need for debug
8449 info thanks to the XVS type. */
8450 finish_record_type (new_variant, nreverse (field_list), 2, false);
8451 compute_record_mode (new_variant);
8452 create_type_decl (TYPE_NAME (new_variant), new_variant, NULL,
8453 true, false, Empty);
8456 = create_field_decl_from (old_field, new_variant, new_union_type,
8457 TYPE_SIZE (new_variant),
8458 pos_list, subst_list);
8459 DECL_QUALIFIER (new_field) = v->qual;
8460 DECL_INTERNAL_P (new_field) = 1;
8461 DECL_CHAIN (new_field) = union_field_list;
8462 union_field_list = new_field;
8465 /* Finish up the union type and create the variant part. No need for debug
8466 info thanks to the XVS type. Note that we don't reverse the field list
8467 because VARIANT_LIST has been traversed in reverse order. */
8468 finish_record_type (new_union_type, union_field_list, 2, false);
8469 compute_record_mode (new_union_type);
8470 create_type_decl (TYPE_NAME (new_union_type), new_union_type, NULL,
8471 true, false, Empty);
8474 = create_field_decl_from (old_variant_part, new_union_type, record_type,
8475 TYPE_SIZE (new_union_type),
8476 pos_list, subst_list);
8477 DECL_INTERNAL_P (new_variant_part) = 1;
8479 /* With multiple discriminants it is possible for an inner variant to be
8480 statically selected while outer ones are not; in this case, the list
8481 of fields of the inner variant is not flattened and we end up with a
8482 qualified union with a single member. Drop the useless container. */
8483 if (!DECL_CHAIN (union_field_list))
8485 DECL_CONTEXT (union_field_list) = record_type;
8486 DECL_FIELD_OFFSET (union_field_list)
8487 = DECL_FIELD_OFFSET (new_variant_part);
8488 DECL_FIELD_BIT_OFFSET (union_field_list)
8489 = DECL_FIELD_BIT_OFFSET (new_variant_part);
8490 SET_DECL_OFFSET_ALIGN (union_field_list,
8491 DECL_OFFSET_ALIGN (new_variant_part));
8492 new_variant_part = union_field_list;
8495 return new_variant_part;
8498 /* Copy the size (and alignment and alias set) from OLD_TYPE to NEW_TYPE,
8499 which are both RECORD_TYPE, after applying the substitutions described
8503 copy_and_substitute_in_size (tree new_type, tree old_type,
8504 vec<subst_pair> subst_list)
8509 TYPE_SIZE (new_type) = TYPE_SIZE (old_type);
8510 TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (new_type) = TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (old_type);
8511 SET_TYPE_ADA_SIZE (new_type, TYPE_ADA_SIZE (old_type));
8512 TYPE_ALIGN (new_type) = TYPE_ALIGN (old_type);
8513 relate_alias_sets (new_type, old_type, ALIAS_SET_COPY);
8515 if (CONTAINS_PLACEHOLDER_P (TYPE_SIZE (new_type)))
8516 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (subst_list, i, s)
8517 TYPE_SIZE (new_type)
8518 = SUBSTITUTE_IN_EXPR (TYPE_SIZE (new_type),
8519 s->discriminant, s->replacement);
8521 if (CONTAINS_PLACEHOLDER_P (TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (new_type)))
8522 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (subst_list, i, s)
8523 TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (new_type)
8524 = SUBSTITUTE_IN_EXPR (TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (new_type),
8525 s->discriminant, s->replacement);
8527 if (CONTAINS_PLACEHOLDER_P (TYPE_ADA_SIZE (new_type)))
8528 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (subst_list, i, s)
8530 (new_type, SUBSTITUTE_IN_EXPR (TYPE_ADA_SIZE (new_type),
8531 s->discriminant, s->replacement));
8533 /* Finalize the size. */
8534 TYPE_SIZE (new_type) = variable_size (TYPE_SIZE (new_type));
8535 TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (new_type) = variable_size (TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (new_type));
8538 /* Given a type T, a FIELD_DECL F, and a replacement value R, return a
8539 type with all size expressions that contain F in a PLACEHOLDER_EXPR
8540 updated by replacing F with R.
8542 The function doesn't update the layout of the type, i.e. it assumes
8543 that the substitution is purely formal. That's why the replacement
8544 value R must itself contain a PLACEHOLDER_EXPR. */
8547 substitute_in_type (tree t, tree f, tree r)
8551 gcc_assert (CONTAINS_PLACEHOLDER_P (r));
8553 switch (TREE_CODE (t))
8560 /* First the domain types of arrays. */
8561 if (CONTAINS_PLACEHOLDER_P (TYPE_GCC_MIN_VALUE (t))
8562 || CONTAINS_PLACEHOLDER_P (TYPE_GCC_MAX_VALUE (t)))
8564 tree low = SUBSTITUTE_IN_EXPR (TYPE_GCC_MIN_VALUE (t), f, r);
8565 tree high = SUBSTITUTE_IN_EXPR (TYPE_GCC_MAX_VALUE (t), f, r);
8567 if (low == TYPE_GCC_MIN_VALUE (t) && high == TYPE_GCC_MAX_VALUE (t))
8571 TYPE_GCC_MIN_VALUE (nt) = low;
8572 TYPE_GCC_MAX_VALUE (nt) = high;
8574 if (TREE_CODE (t) == INTEGER_TYPE && TYPE_INDEX_TYPE (t))
8576 (nt, substitute_in_type (TYPE_INDEX_TYPE (t), f, r));
8581 /* Then the subtypes. */
8582 if (CONTAINS_PLACEHOLDER_P (TYPE_RM_MIN_VALUE (t))
8583 || CONTAINS_PLACEHOLDER_P (TYPE_RM_MAX_VALUE (t)))
8585 tree low = SUBSTITUTE_IN_EXPR (TYPE_RM_MIN_VALUE (t), f, r);
8586 tree high = SUBSTITUTE_IN_EXPR (TYPE_RM_MAX_VALUE (t), f, r);
8588 if (low == TYPE_RM_MIN_VALUE (t) && high == TYPE_RM_MAX_VALUE (t))
8592 SET_TYPE_RM_MIN_VALUE (nt, low);
8593 SET_TYPE_RM_MAX_VALUE (nt, high);
8601 nt = substitute_in_type (TREE_TYPE (t), f, r);
8602 if (nt == TREE_TYPE (t))
8605 return build_complex_type (nt);
8608 /* These should never show up here. */
8613 tree component = substitute_in_type (TREE_TYPE (t), f, r);
8614 tree domain = substitute_in_type (TYPE_DOMAIN (t), f, r);
8616 if (component == TREE_TYPE (t) && domain == TYPE_DOMAIN (t))
8619 nt = build_nonshared_array_type (component, domain);
8620 TYPE_ALIGN (nt) = TYPE_ALIGN (t);
8621 TYPE_USER_ALIGN (nt) = TYPE_USER_ALIGN (t);
8622 SET_TYPE_MODE (nt, TYPE_MODE (t));
8623 TYPE_SIZE (nt) = SUBSTITUTE_IN_EXPR (TYPE_SIZE (t), f, r);
8624 TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (nt) = SUBSTITUTE_IN_EXPR (TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (t), f, r);
8625 TYPE_NONALIASED_COMPONENT (nt) = TYPE_NONALIASED_COMPONENT (t);
8626 TYPE_MULTI_ARRAY_P (nt) = TYPE_MULTI_ARRAY_P (t);
8627 TYPE_CONVENTION_FORTRAN_P (nt) = TYPE_CONVENTION_FORTRAN_P (t);
8633 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
8635 bool changed_field = false;
8638 /* Start out with no fields, make new fields, and chain them
8639 in. If we haven't actually changed the type of any field,
8640 discard everything we've done and return the old type. */
8642 TYPE_FIELDS (nt) = NULL_TREE;
8644 for (field = TYPE_FIELDS (t); field; field = DECL_CHAIN (field))
8646 tree new_field = copy_node (field), new_n;
8648 new_n = substitute_in_type (TREE_TYPE (field), f, r);
8649 if (new_n != TREE_TYPE (field))
8651 TREE_TYPE (new_field) = new_n;
8652 changed_field = true;
8655 new_n = SUBSTITUTE_IN_EXPR (DECL_FIELD_OFFSET (field), f, r);
8656 if (new_n != DECL_FIELD_OFFSET (field))
8658 DECL_FIELD_OFFSET (new_field) = new_n;
8659 changed_field = true;
8662 /* Do the substitution inside the qualifier, if any. */
8663 if (TREE_CODE (t) == QUAL_UNION_TYPE)
8665 new_n = SUBSTITUTE_IN_EXPR (DECL_QUALIFIER (field), f, r);
8666 if (new_n != DECL_QUALIFIER (field))
8668 DECL_QUALIFIER (new_field) = new_n;
8669 changed_field = true;
8673 DECL_CONTEXT (new_field) = nt;
8674 SET_DECL_ORIGINAL_FIELD_TO_FIELD (new_field, field);
8676 DECL_CHAIN (new_field) = TYPE_FIELDS (nt);
8677 TYPE_FIELDS (nt) = new_field;
8683 TYPE_FIELDS (nt) = nreverse (TYPE_FIELDS (nt));
8684 TYPE_SIZE (nt) = SUBSTITUTE_IN_EXPR (TYPE_SIZE (t), f, r);
8685 TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (nt) = SUBSTITUTE_IN_EXPR (TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (t), f, r);
8686 SET_TYPE_ADA_SIZE (nt, SUBSTITUTE_IN_EXPR (TYPE_ADA_SIZE (t), f, r));
8695 /* Return the RM size of GNU_TYPE. This is the actual number of bits
8696 needed to represent the object. */
8699 rm_size (tree gnu_type)
8701 /* For integral types, we store the RM size explicitly. */
8702 if (INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (gnu_type) && TYPE_RM_SIZE (gnu_type))
8703 return TYPE_RM_SIZE (gnu_type);
8705 /* Return the RM size of the actual data plus the size of the template. */
8706 if (TREE_CODE (gnu_type) == RECORD_TYPE
8707 && TYPE_CONTAINS_TEMPLATE_P (gnu_type))
8709 size_binop (PLUS_EXPR,
8710 rm_size (TREE_TYPE (DECL_CHAIN (TYPE_FIELDS (gnu_type)))),
8711 DECL_SIZE (TYPE_FIELDS (gnu_type)));
8713 /* For record or union types, we store the size explicitly. */
8714 if (RECORD_OR_UNION_TYPE_P (gnu_type)
8715 && !TYPE_FAT_POINTER_P (gnu_type)
8716 && TYPE_ADA_SIZE (gnu_type))
8717 return TYPE_ADA_SIZE (gnu_type);
8719 /* For other types, this is just the size. */
8720 return TYPE_SIZE (gnu_type);
8723 /* Return the name to be used for GNAT_ENTITY. If a type, create a
8724 fully-qualified name, possibly with type information encoding.
8725 Otherwise, return the name. */
8728 get_entity_name (Entity_Id gnat_entity)
8730 Get_Encoded_Name (gnat_entity);
8731 return get_identifier_with_length (Name_Buffer, Name_Len);
8734 /* Return an identifier representing the external name to be used for
8735 GNAT_ENTITY. If SUFFIX is specified, the name is followed by "___"
8736 and the specified suffix. */
8739 create_concat_name (Entity_Id gnat_entity, const char *suffix)
8741 Entity_Kind kind = Ekind (gnat_entity);
8745 String_Template temp = {1, (int) strlen (suffix)};
8746 Fat_Pointer fp = {suffix, &temp};
8747 Get_External_Name_With_Suffix (gnat_entity, fp);
8750 Get_External_Name (gnat_entity, 0);
8752 /* A variable using the Stdcall convention lives in a DLL. We adjust
8753 its name to use the jump table, the _imp__NAME contains the address
8754 for the NAME variable. */
8755 if ((kind == E_Variable || kind == E_Constant)
8756 && Has_Stdcall_Convention (gnat_entity))
8758 const int len = 6 + Name_Len;
8759 char *new_name = (char *) alloca (len + 1);
8760 strcpy (new_name, "_imp__");
8761 strcat (new_name, Name_Buffer);
8762 return get_identifier_with_length (new_name, len);
8765 return get_identifier_with_length (Name_Buffer, Name_Len);
8768 /* Given GNU_NAME, an IDENTIFIER_NODE containing a name and SUFFIX, a
8769 string, return a new IDENTIFIER_NODE that is the concatenation of
8770 the name followed by "___" and the specified suffix. */
8773 concat_name (tree gnu_name, const char *suffix)
8775 const int len = IDENTIFIER_LENGTH (gnu_name) + 3 + strlen (suffix);
8776 char *new_name = (char *) alloca (len + 1);
8777 strcpy (new_name, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (gnu_name));
8778 strcat (new_name, "___");
8779 strcat (new_name, suffix);
8780 return get_identifier_with_length (new_name, len);
8783 #include "gt-ada-decl.h"
OSDN Git Service
